Quarterlytics / Asset Management / IntegraFin Holdings

IntegraFin Holdings

ihp · LSE
Claim this profile
Ticker ihp
Exchange LSE
Sector
Industry Asset Management
Employees 501-1000
← All annual reports
FY2020 Annual Report · IntegraFin Holdings
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
ANNUAL REPORT  
AND FINANCIAL  
STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED  
30 SEPTEMBER 2020

Resilient. 

IntegraFin Holdings plc

Company Registration 
Number: 08860879

PERFORMANCE HIGHLIGHTS 

OPERATIONAL 

FINANCIAL

Funds Under Direction*: 

Revenue: 

£41.09bn 

(2019 – £37.80 billion)

9% 

£107.3m 

(2019 – £99.2 million)

8% 

Net inflows*: 

Operating profit attributable  
to shareholders: 

£3.59bn 
(2019 – £3.50 billion) 

3% 

£55.3m 

(2019 – £49.6 million)

11% 

Client numbers: 

Profit after tax: 

191.9k 

(2019 – 179.5k)

7% 

£45.5m 

(2019 – £41.1 million)

11% 

Adviser numbers: 

Earnings per share: 

6.2k 

(2019 – 5.9k)

6% 

13.7p 

(2019 – 12.4p)

10% 

Shareholder returns in 2020*:  

8.3p 

(2019 – 7.8p)

6% 

*Certain financial measures include alternative performance measures (APMs) which are indicated with an asterisk.  

APMs are financial measures which are not defined by IFRS. They are used in order to provide better insight into the performance  

of the Group. Further details are provided in the glossary, on page 168.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020    1

2    INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020

CONTENTS

Performance Highlights

Financial Statements

Independent Auditor’s Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104

Strategic Report

Consolidated Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114

Chair’s Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

Company Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115

Chief Executive Officer’s Review . . . . 6

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116

Transact – Our Business Model . . . . . 8

Company Statement of Financial Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117

Our Strategic Objectives . . . . . . . . . . . 12

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118

Key Performance Indicators . . . . . . . . 18

Company Statement of Cash Flows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119

COVID-19 Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120

Business Review . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

Company Statement of Changes in Equity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121

Chief Financial Officer’s Review . . . . 26

Notes to the Financial Statements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122

Risk and Risk Management . . . . . . . . 38

Going Concern and Viability  

Other Information

Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48

Directors, Company Details, Advisers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167

Corporate Social Responsibility . . . . 50

Glossary of Terms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168

Companies Act Section 172 . . . . . . . . 56

Approval of the Strategic Report . . . 58

Governance

Board of Directors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59

Corporate Governance Report . . . . . 63

Audit and Risk Committee  

Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68

Nomination Committee Report . . . . . 73

Directors’ Remuneration Report . . . 76

Directors’ Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99

Statement of Directors’  

Responsibilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103

INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020    3

STRATEGIC REPORT 

Richard Cranfield
Chair

CHAIR’S STATEMENT

Overview

Our last financial year saw dramatic 
events, the biggest being the global 
COVID-19 pandemic, but also 
continuing global trade tensions  
and a bad-tempered and divisive  
US Presidential election campaign.  
We now seem to be headed into  
a significant global recession and this  
is even before the more localised 
disruption of Brexit plays out. Equity 
markets have been buffeted by these 
difficulties, but have benefited from 
significant quantitative easing and 
been more resilient than many would 
have expected.

Given the prevailing economic instability, 
our performance has been gratifyingly 
robust. Alexander Scott comments  
on the results in more detail in his 
Chief Executive Officer’s Review.

COVID-19

Discussing the emerging pandemic 
with Ian Taylor, Alex Scott and 
Jonathan Gunby back in January,  
I remember them expressing 
concerns about the possibility of 
being faced with a major lockdown. 
When it came to pass in March, the 
Group responded with immense hard 
work and application and got virtually 
everyone in the UK and Australia 
working remotely. It was a massive 
achievement by everyone involved, 
particularly the IT professionals,  
who managed this abrupt change in 

4    INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020

working practices. The board thanks 
everyone very much indeed for their 
efforts and courage in the face of real 
adversity. 

The Group is proud that it did not 
furlough any staff, or take advantage 
of any other Government assistance. 

The Board

The major change to management 
this year has been Ian stepping down 
in February, Alex becoming Group 
Chief Executive and Jonathan becoming 
Chief Executive of Integrated 
Financial Arrangements Ltd (IFAL) 
and joining the Group board. These 
changes have progressed smoothly 
and Ian remains on the board as 
Executive Director until he retires in 
February 2021. 

It is difficult to overstate the crucial 
role played by Ian in the development 
of the Group and Transact since its 
foundation in 1999. From a standing 
start to a FTSE 250 Group employing 
over 500 staff; with 6,200 IFA clients 
and, through them, 192,000 ultimate 
investors; and Funds Under Direction 
(FUD) in excess of £41bn as at  
30 September 2020; it is an immense 
achievement. We are hugely grateful 
for Ian’s leadership, commitment and 
example, and will all have to work 
hard to maintain the standards he 
set. We wish Ian and Frances a very 
happy retirement. 

The members of the board would like 
to thank all our hard working colleagues 
for their extended efforts dealing with 
the continuing challenge posed by the 
pandemic and the social and financial 
consequences that are continuing to 
flow from it. These results, clients’ 
satisfaction, and our ranking within 
the platform sector are the product of 
their efforts and play a vital part in 
the growth of the business.

Richard Cranfield 
Chair

16 December 2020

to rank so highly in client service 
polls undertaken by Investment 
Trends and CoreData, and that our 
senior staff have such longevity with 
the Group. 

Remuneration

The Remuneration Report is set out 
on page 76.

Dividend

In line with our dividend policy and  
in recognition of our financial 
performance, we have declared a 
second interim dividend of 5.6 pence. 
Together with our first interim 
dividend paid in June of 2.7 pence 
per ordinary share, this takes the 
total dividend to 8.3 pence. 

Closing

This has been my first year as Chair 
and I have thoroughly enjoyed the 
challenge and the interaction with 
new colleagues across the business. 
In particular I have been struck by 
their professionalism and 
commitment to customers. 

The board is pleased that Alex 
accepted its invitation to lead the 
Group as its new Chief Executive and 
that Jonathan did likewise to become 
Chief Executive of IFAL. The board is 
confident that they both bring the 
right skills and knowledge to their 
respective roles. 

Governance and culture

This is the first year that the 2018  
UK Corporate Governance Code  
(the Code) has applied to the Group. 
Confirmation of how we have complied 
with the Code for the year under 
review is set out on page 63. 
Constructive, transparent and open 
engagement with our stakeholders 
outside of the boardroom forms a 
critical aspect of board-level activity. 
On pages 56 to 57, we present our 
first Section 172 (s172) statement, 
which sets out how we consider  
our key stakeholders in our  
decision making. 

The board is focused on good 
governance and we continue to 
strengthen all aspects of this throughout 
the Group. We have rigorous Audit 
and Risk, and Remuneration 
Committees which meet regularly 
and review in depth the work of the 
executives. Strong governance is a 
vital ingredient of any successful 
company and we commit significant 
resources to the process and all its 
constituent parts. In particular, the 
Nomination Committee was closely 
involved in all aspects of the succession 
planning and appointment processes 
around the board changes referred  
to above. 

The external board effectiveness 
review is discussed on page 67.

We take great care of our corporate 
culture and values – which are 
reflected both in our staff relations 
and in our interactions with customers 
and other key stakeholders. It is 
particularly pleasing that we continue 

INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020    5

 
STRATEGIC REPORT 
continued

Alexander Scott 
Chief Executive Officer

CHIEF EXECUTIVE 
OFFICER’S REVIEW 

I am pleased to introduce my first 
review as Chief Executive. 

Mike Howard and Ian built the business 
on a foundation of recruiting high 
calibre staff to deliver the highest 
quality customer service as efficiently 
as possible. I picked up the mantle 
from Ian in early March as we 
entered a period of significant change 
to the operating environment and my 
primary concerns have been to 
ensure the ongoing wellbeing of our 
staff, and the continuing delivery of 
that service to our clients. This will 
be an ongoing theme as we negotiate 
our way through the coming months. 
With the secure foundation we have 
built over many years, I believe we 
can continue to develop our offering 
to the benefit of all our stakeholders.

Headlines

Given the events that unfolded over 
the second half of our financial year, 
we are very pleased to deliver a robust 
set of results.

Gross inflows of £5.75 billion remained 
at broadly the same level as last 
year, while net inflows of £3.59 billion 
were 3% higher. The increase in net 
inflows was driven by a reduction in 
outflows, as clients’ spending patterns 
reduced in the second half of the year.

FUD at the year-end totalled  
£41.09 billion, an increase of 9% 
over the year. Other key metrics  
also continued to demonstrate 
positive performance, with client 
numbers passing 190k (+7%) and 
adviser numbers passing 6k (+6%).  
This drove an increase in revenue  
to £107.3 million (+8%) and, coupled 
with sensible expense management, 
has enabled us to report that profit 
before tax increased by 11% to  
£55.3 million.

Market background

Strong equity market performance, 
where the FTSE All Share Index rose 
5% from October through to early 
March was matched by growth in 
inflows in the platform market, 
reversing the softening that had 
occurred throughout much of our 
previous financial year. This continued 
through to the tax year end, but changed 
rapidly as the impact of government 
measures to address COVID-19  
took effect. 

The second half, in a completely 
different, unparalleled operating 
environment, was difficult for clients 
and their advisers. Inflows fell across 
the retail advised platform sector as 
advisers focused on delivery of service 
to their current clients. Despite the 
difficulties, the market continued to 
function, with services previously 
provided face-to-face being provided 
virtually, and paper-based processes 
being replaced by digital processes. 

6    INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020

Over the full year, the retail advised 
platform market FUD grew by 6% 
from £433.61 billion (restated 
September 2019. Revised from 
£427.7 billion, as stated in FY19’s 
accounts, due to the inclusion of two 
more competitors) to £460.52 billion 
(September 2020).

Our activity

Against this backdrop, we have seen 
a small increase in our market share 
of FUD, and we consistently rank in 
the top three firms for gross inflows. 
According to Fundscape statistics we 
have achieved the highest 2020 net 
flows to date among retail advised 
platforms.

We achieved this by enhancing our 
service offering with incremental 
additions to functionality and 
responsible price reductions creating 
more value for money for our clients.

For the eleventh year running, 
Transact retained the top spot in the 
annual independent research studies 
by Investment Trends and CoreData. 
This was especially rewarding as we 
have had to adapt to delivering our 
service whilst working from home.  
As owners of proprietary platform 
software, we were in full control of 
the realignment of our technology 
development – so, from early March, 
we concentrated on digital processing 
enhancements, better enabling clients 
and advisers to manage financial 
plans with reduced need for physical 
documents and wet signatures. 

The outlook

The outlook is clearly heavily 
dependent upon the economic effects 
of the measures being taken to 
combat COVID-19 and their impact 
upon equity markets, FUD and flows.  
The operating environment has 
become more difficult and 
unpredictable and this seems likely  
to remain the case in the coming 
months. Additionally, there is still 
little certainty on the shape of the 
UK’s trading relationship with the 
European Union, despite the proximity 
of the end of the transition period.

However, none of this changes the 
fundamental need of individuals and 
their families to plan and take care  
of their financial future, so we will 
continue to refine our systems and 
processes and further develop and 
expand the financial infrastructure 
and associated services that we have 
successfully delivered for twenty 
years, through both internal investment 
and consideration of acquisition 
opportunities. We will keep investing 
in our staff and supporting them, 
being especially mindful of their 
mental welfare in these difficult 
times. We will continue to manage 
our cost base prudently, to deliver 
fair returns for all of our stakeholders, 
and we will leverage the agility that 
has helped shape our approach to the 
events of the last few months, as we 
advance into the new year.

Alexander Scott 
Chief Executive Officer

16 December 2020

INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020    7

STRATEGIC REPORT  continued

TRANSACT – OUR BUSINESS MODEL

A specialist platform provider – 
making financial planning easier

Transact is a market-leading 
investment platform that delivers an 
infrastructure which enables advisers 
to implement financial plans as 
simply and efficiently as possible.  
Its leading platform functionality is 
supported by a high-touch client 
service team, which provides real 
time, consistent day-to-day and 
technical support no matter how 
basic, or complex, the query may be.

A key feature of our operation is the 
control we have over every aspect of 
what we do. We strive always to 
insource the components of our 
service and technology, to enable us 
to maintain control over the quality 
and cost of our whole operation.

The main components of our business 
model are:

Operational 
excellence

▪  Award-winning client servicing model

▪  High-touch, regionally allocated client service teams

▪  180 highly trained client service staff

▪  Staff are not product-centric but are client-centric

▪  Highly efficient client and adviser experience

▪  Strong adviser relationships

In-house 
wrappers

We provide a wide range of in-house tax-efficient 
wrappers, including:

▪  ISAs (including the LISA and JISA)

▪  Pensions 

▪  Onshore life insurance bonds 

▪  Offshore life insurance bonds

▪  General Investment Accounts

8    INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020

In-house 
technology

▪  Proprietary software systems technology

▪  Ownership of the software development company 

▪  Full control of development direction and priorities  

and costs

▪  Full control of the client experience

▪  We set our own development priorities

▪  Agility

Open 
architecture

We are whole of market and provide access to a wide 
range of investment types, including:

▪  Mutual funds

▪  Investment trusts

▪  Exchange traded funds

▪  Other shares

▪  Gilts and bonds

▪  Venture capital trusts

▪  Cash and term deposits 

Proven 
reputation

▪  A long-established, financially secure,  

investment platform

▪  Consistently high level of service for 20 years

▪  Numerous awards received, including best adviser 
platform in adviser surveys run by CoreData and 
Investment Trends

▪  The fair treatment of clients, shareholders  

and employees

Trusted by 
independent 
advisers

▪  Long-standing relationships with many financial 

planning firms across the UK

▪  Over 6,200 advisers have independently chosen 

Transact as an administration platform for their clients

Strong balance 
sheet

▪  Highly cash generative business model

▪  No debt on the balance sheet

▪  Closely managed expenses in line with the  

business plan

▪  Strong regulatory capital position that remains stable 

through the economic cycle

INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020    9

STRATEGIC REPORT  continued

Using our resources to create value

1. Investing in our people

3. Growing FUD by attracting and 
retaining clients

Our client service teams receive 
extensive training through our internal 
training programmes and have been 
instrumental in our success and the 
many accolades and awards Transact 
has received. These teams are 
supported by a dedicated technical 
specialist department that has the 
expertise to deal with more complex 
queries as they arise. 

2. Building our infrastructure

Our systems and processes are 
designed to meet the needs of our 
clients and their advisers. We listen to 
user feedback when considering the 
improvements we will make to our 
bespoke systems. The development 
and implementation of these 
enhancements has been carried out in 
a steady, controlled manner over the 
past twenty years and this proven 
approach is expected to continue for 
the foreseeable future.

The Transact business model 
incorporates ‘responsible pricing’, 
which means sharing profits with our 
clients through price reductions, when 
circumstances permit. We do this when 
we are comfortable that doing so will 
not have a negative impact on service 
levels and it means that the best 
service in the platform market continues 
to be even better value for money.

We do not outsource any component of 
our service or technology which gives 
us absolute control over the quality 
and cost of our whole operation.  
By closely managing expenses, in line 
with the business plan, and regularly 
implementing process efficiencies, our 
per unit cost base has been growing at 
a slower rate than business volumes.

Transact has been consistently 
differentiated from its competitors over 
the years through sustained customer 
service excellence. It is a trusted 
investment platform and we currently 
work with over 6,200 advisers who 
have independently selected Transact 
for their clients. 

4. Growing earnings from increasing 
levels of FUD

Our revenue is generated from the 
fees paid by clients for using our 
platform. We are confident that the 
business model we operate is truly 
sustainable, as over 97% of revenue, 
as detailed on page 29 in the Financial 
Review, is recurring and has been for 
many years.

10    INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020

5. Managing costs

Shareholder returns

In respect of financial year 2020, the 
first interim dividend of 2.7p per share 
(£8.9 million in total) was paid in June, 
and the second interim dividend,  
as detailed in the Chair’s statement,  
of 5.6p per share (£18.6 million in 
total), has been declared.

The dividends in respect of financial year 
2020 equate to a return to shareholders 
of 60.5% of post-tax profit, which is in 
line with our dividend policy.

Insourcing the key components of  
our service and technology means we 
have total control over the quality, 
development and cost of our proposition. 
In particular, control of our software 
systems development is crucial to  
our business model, as it enables  
our client service teams to operate 
particularly effectively. 

6. Delivering fair returns for all 
stakeholders

Central to our business model is the 
fair treatment of clients, employees, 
suppliers and shareholders. As previously 
mentioned, we often reduce charges 
to share our success with clients.  
We have introduced a Share Incentive 
Plan (SIP) that is open to all staff and 
a Performance Share Plan (PSP) for 
management. The schemes aim to 
reward performance, recognising the 
contribution all staff have made to 
the success of the firm, and to 
encourage loyalty. We also aim to 
deliver fair returns to shareholders  
by delivering on our dividend policy,  
in line with Strategic Objective 6 on 
page 15, whilst maintaining a strong 
and stable regulatory capital base.

INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020    11

STRATEGIC REPORT  continued

OUR STRATEGIC OBJECTIVES

The IntegraFin Holdings plc (IHP Group) is focused on the 
delivery of financial services infrastructure and associated 
services to UK advisers and our mutual clients.

We aim to create, maintain and improve value for our 
four principal groups of stakeholders – our clients, our 
employees, our suppliers and our shareholders. To do 
this we need to maintain our reputation for delivering a 
high quality, value for money service. This is achieved 
by keeping our offering relevant to current and future 
new clients through ongoing development which 
ensures we meet the needs of clients and their 
advisers. The key risks mentioned below are described, 
along with risk management activities and controls,  
on pages 16 and 17.

12    INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020

1. Drive growth

We aim to grow FUD by attracting and retaining clients 
through their advisers, due to delivering a superior service 
and value for money.

The business considers developments to the core 
proposition and business plan, where such changes are 
likely to improve the operation of financial plans for clients 
and their advisers. The business targets the implementation 
of new wrappers and services where it can see opportunities 
that will benefit all customers.

We will also review and consider potential acquisition 
opportunities where there is an expectation of accelerated 
growth, or augmentation of the current proposition that 
would enhance shareholder value. We have a high hurdle 
for taking any such opportunities forward, applying a 
rigorous and disciplined approach.

Financial year 2020 progress: 

FUD ended the year at £41.09 billion (2019: £37.80 billion), 
growing 9% over the year.

Financial year 2021 outlook:

We will continue to target advisers not yet using our service 
that are in our identified core market. We also expect that 
adviser users will continue to move their clients onto 
Transact, as they experience the benefits that our service 
brings, and those clients already using us will put more 
money into their portfolios. 

Key risks: 

▪  Service standards failure

▪  Stock market volatility

£

2. Invest in the business 

A history of investment in our staff and our technological infrastructure has 
ensured our service quality has been award winning and operationally resilient. 
This will not change. We recognise that high calibre, well-trained staff and an 
intuitive, progressive system are critical to our ongoing success.

Aside from the work required to keep up to date with statutory and regulatory 
change every year, we are guided by feedback from clients and advisers when 
prioritising changes to Transact. The emergence of new investor practices and 
product, wrapper and functionality additions may all require the deployment of 
new technologies. We continue to adapt to these changes and invest in our 
software in a steady and controlled manner, building on our development 
experience from the past twenty years.

Where new opportunities have been identified, the business looks to introduce 
insourced solutions. New developments must:

▪  Not risk Group capital beyond reasonable levels;

▪  Not bring us into commercial conflict with our customers’ advisers; and

▪  Not make it difficult for us to meet our regulatory responsibilities.

Through these measures we aim to continue to grow profits and generate the 
best returns we can for our shareholders.

Financial year 2020 progress:

£9.8 million (2019: £9.0 million) invested in platform development in the year. 
This is comprised of platform developer and management cost, acquisition of 
new equipment and training costs.

Financial year 2021 outlook:

We look forward to making further enhancements that benefit the client and 
adviser online experience in financial year 2021, as well as other system 
improvements which are already designed and timetabled.

Key risk:

▪ Diversion of resources

INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020    13

STRATEGIC REPORT  continued

£

3. Grow earnings  

4. Maintain cash generation  

We are a highly cash generative business because all our 
fees are received in cash, which we collect directly from 
client portfolios as they become due. Combined with 
sensible expense management, we expect to continue 
generating cash profits.

Financial year 2020 progress:

Operating profit attributable to shareholders, generating 
profits from the cash received, in financial year 2020  
was £55.3 million, which is an increase of 11% from  
£49.6 million in FY2019. 

Financial year 2021 outlook:

We will continue to manage expenses and it is expected  
the Group’s strong liquidity profile will be maintained.

Key risks:

▪  Stock market volatility

▪  Uncontrolled expenses

We expect to continue growing FUD and revenue by 
attracting more assets onto our platform. We aim to 
achieve this through:

▪  Our on-platform advisers and clients. The wealth managed 
by Transact’s current adviser base is expected to increase 
through stock market growth and new contributions.

▪  Increasing penetration of Transact’s current adviser 
base. That is, increasing the share of wallet from 
advisers on our platform by winning new clients.

▪  Attracting new advisers by maintaining leading ratings 
amongst advisers and keeping our platform relevant to 
new advisers and clients by constantly developing the 
service to meet their needs.

The expectation that the UK wealth management market 
will continue to grow, leading to a consequential growth in 
investable assets managed by advisers, provides a positive 
outlook for the demand for investment platform services.

Financial year 2020 progress:

Revenue increased by 8% to £107.3 million  
(2019: £99.2 million).

Financial year 2021 outlook:

Client numbers grew by 7% and adviser numbers by 6%  
in financial year 2020. We aim to maintain this level of 
growth and potentially increase both metrics in the 
coming year, but recognise that the economic outlook  
is challenging.

Key risks:

▪  Service standards failure

▪  Stock market volatility

▪  Increased competition

14    INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020

5. Maintain strong balance sheet    

6. Deliver on dividend policy   

We continue to maintain robust capital resources, which 
are supported by emerging profit. We have no debt and 
our regulatory capital position remains resilient through 
the economic cycle.

Financial year 2020 progress:

The Group capital position grew 16% and ended the year  
at £140.9 million, up from £121.9 million at 2019 year end.

Financial year 2021 outlook:

We will continue to manage our capital prudently to 
enable us to meet our regulatory capital requirements as 
the business grows.

Key risks:

▪  Stock market volatility

▪  Capital strain

Our policy is to pay 60% to 65% of full year profit after tax 
as two interim dividends.

Financial year 2020 progress:

A first interim dividend was paid of 2.7p per ordinary share 
and a second interim dividend declared of 5.6p per share,  
in line with our dividend policy.

Financial year 2021 outlook:

Our dividend policy remains unchanged, but our income 
may be impacted by continuing market uncertainty,  
as a result of the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic and Brexit. 

Key risks:

▪  Stock market volatility

▪  Uncontrolled expenses

▪  Capital strain

INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020    15

STRATEGIC REPORT  continued

KEY RISKS

There are factors within and outside  
of our control that may affect the 
achievement of our strategic objectives. 
We aim to mitigate exposures that 
are outside our risk appetite where 
possible. The key risks associated 
with our strategic objectives are:

16    INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020

1. Stock market volatility:  
The COVID-19 pandemic created 
immense uncertainty in stock markets 
throughout the year, with large 
fluctuations from day to day, as news 
emerged. The shape and implementation 
of the Brexit deal the UK agrees with 
the EU may also continue to have a 
negative impact on stock markets for 
some time. Stock market volatility 
impacts the value of our FUD.

Risk management and control:  
The risk of stock market volatility, and 
the impact on revenue, is mitigated 
through a wide asset offering which 
ensures we are not wholly correlated 
with one market, and which enables 
clients to switch assets in times of 
uncertainty. In particular, clients are 
able to switch into cash assets, which 
remain on our platform. Our wrapper 
fees are not impacted by stock market 
volatility as they are a fixed quarterly 
charge. We also closely monitor and 
control expenses, which assists in 
maintaining profit in turbulent times.

2. Service standards failure:  
Our high levels of client and adviser 
retention are dependent upon our 
consistent and reliable levels of 
service. Failure to maintain these 
service levels would affect our ability 
to attract and retain business.

Risk management and control:  
We manage the risk of service standards 
failure by ensuring our service standards 
do not deteriorate. This is achieved by 
providing our client service teams with 
extensive initial and ongoing training, 
supported by experienced subject 
matter experts and managers. Service 
levels are monitored and quality checked 
and any deviation from expected service 
levels is addressed. We also conduct 
satisfaction surveys to ensure our service 
levels are still perceived as excellent by 
our clients and their advisers. Service 
standards are also dependent on resilient 
operations, both current and forward 
looking, ensuring that risk management 
is in place. Please see the Risk and Risk 
Management section on page 38.

3. Increased competition:  
We operate in a competitive market. 
Increased levels of competition for 
clients and advisers; improvements  
in offerings from other investment 
platforms; and consolidation in  
the adviser market may all make  
it more challenging to attract and 
retain business.

5. Uncontrolled expenses:  
Higher expenses than expected and 
budgeted for would adversely impact 
cash profits. The key constituent of 
expenses is salary costs, but other 
expenses are more likely to change 
unexpectedly, for example legal, 
compliance or regulatory costs  
and levies.

Risk management and control:  
The most significant element of  
our expense base is staff costs. 
These are controlled through 
modelling staff requirements  
against forecast business volumes, 
factoring in efficiencies that it is 
expected will emerge through platform 
development. Any expenditure 
request that deviates from plan is 
rigorously challenged and must be 
approved before it is incurred.

6. Capital strain:  
Unexpected, additional capital 
requirements imposed by regulators 
may negatively impact our solvency 
coverage ratio.

Risk management and control:  
We continuously monitor the current 
and expected future regulatory 
environment and ensure that all 
regulatory obligations are or will be 
met. This provides a proactive control 
to mitigate this risk. Additionally, we 
carry out an assessment of our capital 
requirements, which includes assessing 
the regulatory capital required.  
We retain a capital buffer over and 
above the regulatory minimum 
solvency capital requirements.

Risk management and control:  
Competitor risk is mitigated by 
focusing on providing exceptionally 
high levels of service and being 
responsive to client and financial 
adviser demands through an efficient 
expense base. This allows us to continue 
to increase the value for money of 
our service by reducing client charges, 
subject to profit and capital parameters 
when deemed appropriate.

4. Diversion of resources:  
Maintaining our quality and relevance 
requires ongoing investment.  
Any reduction in investment due  
to diversion of resources to other 
non-discretionary expenditure  
(for example, a change in the 
taxation regime or other regulatory 
developments) may affect our 
competitive position.

Risk management and control:  
The risk of reduced investment  
in the platform is managed through  
a disciplined approach to expense 
management and forecasting.  
We horizon scan for upcoming 
regulatory and taxation regime 
changes and maintain contingency  
to allow for unexpected expenses 
e.g. UK Financial Services 
Compensation Scheme (FSCS)  
levies, which ensures we do not  
need to compromise on investment  
in our platform to a degree that 
affects our offering. 

INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020    17

STRATEGIC REPORT  continued

KEY PERFORMANCE 
INDICATORS 

The key performance indicators that 
follow are the quantifiable measures 
that we use to gauge the 
performance of our business. 

We consider the measures to be key 
to our business due to: our current 
and future revenue streams and 
market position are linked to FUD; 
increasing market share through new 
advisers and clients, and ensuring 
existing clients do not want to leave 
(client retention), is also key to our 
success; investment in the platform 
is crucial to ensure we continue to 
deliver and improve our outstanding 
customer service;  and, we require 
sufficient capital to ensure we meet 
our regulatory requirements and  
can continue to support and invest  
in the business.

All metrics meet our expectations, 
taking into consideration the 
challenging economic environment  
in the second half of financial  
year 2020.

FUD* increased by £3.29 billion (9%)

The value of FUD is a primary driver of revenue as it forms the basis of annual 
commission payable which, as detailed on page 27 in the Financial Review, is 
the largest component of Group revenue.

37.8bn

41.1bn

33.1bn

TOTAL FUD

45bn

40bn

35bn

30bn

25bn

20bn

15bn

10bn

5bn

0bn

)
£
(
D
U
F

FY18

FY19
Financial Year (end)

FY20

Net inflows were up 3%, and Transact had the largest share of 
adviser net flows

We achieved the highest net inflows of all advised platforms in each of the 
first three quarters of 2020, according to Fundscape statistics.

NET INFLOWS

)
£
(

s
w
o
l
f
n

i

t
e
N

5bn

4bn

3bn

2bn

1bn

0bn

4.1bn

3.5bn

3.6bn

FY18

FY19
Financial Year (end)

FY20

* Our KPIs include alternative performance measures (APMs) which are indicated with an 

asterisk. APMs are financial measures which are not defined by IFRS. They are used in 

order to provide better insight into the performance of the Group. Further details are 

provided in the glossary, on page 168. 

18    INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020

 
 
 
 
 
Client numbers were up 7% to 191,900

The increase in the number of clients is testament to the continued quality of 
our service. 

CLIENT NUMBERS

s
r
e
b
m
u
n

t
n
e

i
l

C

200k

180k

160k

140k

120k

100k

166k

FY18

179k

192k

FY19
Financial Year (end)

FY20

Client retention remained at 96% per annum

Client retention is an important measure of satisfaction. It is also a driver of 
ongoing revenue and we attribute our high level of client retention to 
satisfaction with our service and offering.

Financial year

Levels of client retention

2018

96%

2019

96%

2020

96%

Adviser numbers were up 6% to over 6,200

We have experienced steady growth in the number of advisers using the 
platform. We help advisers to “onboard” their clients through a mixture of 
face-to-face local support (until lockdown) and phone and online assistance 
via our extensive servicing and technical teams. Once again we retained the 
highest Net Promoter Score (NPS) of the adviser platforms in the annual 
Investment Trends survey. The rate of growth of adviser numbers continues to 
increase steadily year-on-year. 

ADVISER NUMBERS

s
r
e
b
m
u
n

r
e
s
i
v
d
A

6,500

6,000

5,500

5,000

4,500

5,453

FY18

5,871

6,205

FY19
Financial Year (end)

FY20

Investment in the  
business continued*

In financial year 2020 we invested 
£9.8 million (2019: £9.0 million) in 
platform development, including 
software development, platform 
infrastructure and staff training. 
Ongoing investment ensures the 
proposition remains award winning 
and operationally resilient.

Operating profit attributable to 
shareholder returns increased to 
£55.3 million (11%)

We maintained income growth in  
a challenging market and expenses 
remained stable.

Capital stability was maintained

The Group maintained a strong 
balance sheet with capital increasing 
to £140.9 million. We retained a 
sensible capital base, with capital 
resources predominantly in cash and 
UK gilts generated from the core 
business. In order to determine the 
capital base, we consider the capital 
position after dividends, investment 
and meeting increases in regulatory 
capital requirements.

*Our KPIs include alternative performance 

measures (APMs) which are indicated with 

an asterisk. APMs are financial measures 

which are not defined by IFRS. They are 

used in order to provide better insight into 

the performance of the Group. Further 

details are provided in the glossary,  

on page 168.

INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020    19

 
 
 
 
 
 
STRATEGIC REPORT  continued

Our people

It is of paramount importance to us 
that we safeguard our colleagues.  
As mentioned above, we implemented, 
across the entire Group, a remote 
working operating model with only  
a small number of essential staff 
continuing to work at the London, 
Melbourne and Isle of Man offices.  
We made special efforts to ensure all 
our colleagues were kept informed 
and engaged through regular 
management communications.  
We established a dedicated staff 
portal, “Transact Together Hub”, 
which provides a central point of 
information for process changes,  
key policies and useful tips to help 
colleagues make the transition and 
preserve our culture and collaborative 
team working ethos. We maintained 
an open and collaborative engagement 
with colleagues and actively sought 
their views. As a consequence, 
following the initial relaxation of the 
UK Government lockdown rules in 
July, we retained the remote working 
model. All our offices were modified 
to meet social distancing and health 
and safety standards. Our Isle of Man 
office reopened on 29 June following 
the IoM Tynwald removing restrictions. 
However, our UK and Melbourne 
offices still only have a presence for 
essential workers in order to maintain 
the continuity of the business operations 
and key systems. In all instances 
government advice and guidelines 
have been followed and strict 
premises controls are still in place.

COVID-19

Principal risks and uncertainties

We are very aware of the potential 
impact on the health and safety of 
our colleagues, advisers and clients 
that follows recurring spikes of the 
COVID-19 pandemic and of the 
financial uncertainty that the current 
circumstances present. We have 
worked hard to support the wellbeing 
of our colleagues and to maintain  
the quality services expected of us.  
We continue to strive to make the 
management of client portfolios 
efficient and secure.

In our response to the pandemic we 
invoked parts of our business continuity 
measures. In addition, we reacted 
responsively by implementing a 
series of procedural and processing 
changes for employees, operating 
procedures and IT systems and 
infrastructure. These combined 
measures ensured we were able to 
continue the running of our operations 
throughout the period of government-
imposed lockdowns. We continue to 
operate, in line with the recommended 
government guidelines in the UK,  
Isle of Man and Australia. 

20    INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020

Our operating procedures

Our IT systems and infrastructure

The change in the operating model 
required a number of process and 
control changes to be put into place 
at short notice. These were assessed 
by Risk Management and detailed 
reports presented to the Audit and 
Risk Committee. The opportunity was 
taken to accelerate planned changes 
to our business processes and to 
refresh our continuity strategy and 
arrangements. In the event of any 
further lockdowns, we will respond  
in line with our updated business 
process and continuity arrangements.

The increased threat from cyber-
attacks remains high on the agenda 
and to this end we actively reinforced 
procedures on virus and phishing 
threats and increased the level of 
monitoring and surveillance controls. 
Our systems remained resilient and 
this allowed us to maintain all of our 
key business services throughout the 
period. We delivered enhancements 
to Transact Online (TOL), strengthening 
the adviser interface. By embracing 
other technology in conjunction  
with TOL, such as digital signatures 
and electronic document uploads,  
we further reduced our paper-based 
processing requirements. We ensured 
communication and video facilities 
were in place to enable colleagues 
and the business to interact effectively.

We remain confident that our 
business processes and controls are 
resilient and sufficiently responsive  
to meet the uncertainties under 
current conditions.

INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020    21

STRATEGIC REPORT  continued

By 23 June, the FTSE All Share Index 
had risen to 3,498 and our FUD was 
£39.71 billion. We were delighted to 
be rated the top overall platform in 
two independent research surveys 
(CoreData and Investment Trends), 
at a time when the vast majority of 
our people were working from home.

The July to September quarter was 
more challenging in terms of gross 
flows, as advisers across the industry 
were focused on servicing their 
existing clients and were spending 
less time engaging with new ones. 
However, the quarter still resulted  
in positive net flows of £730.8 million 
(albeit lower than FY19 June to 
September net flows of £891.0 million).

At the end of our financial year,  
the FTSE All Share Index had fallen 
to 3,282. By contrast, our FUD had 
risen to its highest ever level of 
£41.09 billion. Other metrics were 
also robust: the number of clients 
had risen to 192,000, brought to us 
by over 6,200 advisers. 

In conclusion, it was a challenging 
year, which still produced many 
positive results that stand as 
testament to the strength and 
stability of the business. 

BUSINESS REVIEW 

A game of two halves

The evolving platform market

Even in this most challenging of 
years, the advised platform market 
grew to £460.52 billion from  
£433.61 billion (revised from  
£427.70 billion as reported in 2019) 
a year earlier. Investors continued to 
place great value on financial 
planning and advice, and advisers 
continued to place the majority of 
their clients’ investment flows via 
investment platforms. 

How the year unfolded

First half  
(October 2019 to March 2020)

The FTSE All Share Index started the 
year at 4,038 (1 October 2019) and, 
by 17 January 2020, had reached 
4,258. Advisers are usually very  
busy ahead of the tax year end and 
early 2020 saw business as usual. 
Gross inflows were £3.23 billion,  
our highest ever in the first half of 
the year (first half of 2019 (1H19):  
£2.84 billion) and net inflows were 
£2.06 billion (1H19: £1.81 billion). 
Client numbers grew to 187,000 and 
FUD to £34.99 billion. 

However, the seriousness of 
COVID-19 then became apparent,  
the UK went into lockdown, and,  
by 23 March, the FTSE All Share 
Index had fallen to a low of 2,728. 

Second half  
(April 2020 to September 2020)

With advisers and their colleagues 
working from home, they did 
remarkably well to continue servicing 
clients and managing their businesses. 
Correspondingly, at £797.3 million, 
our net flows for the April to June 
quarter were consistent with the 
same period in FY19.  

22    INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020

Transact vs the market

MARKET GROSS FLOWS

FUD growth

Market FUD at 30 September 2020 was 
£460.52 billion, growth of 6% on prior 
year. Transact FUD at 30 September 
2020 was £41.09 billion, growth of 9% 
on prior year (£37.80 billion).

Pension business continues to 
represent a higher proportion of assets 
year on year, now making up 46% of 
FUD on Transact, whilst GIAs and ISAs 
are at 22% and 25% respectively. 
Insurance bonds as a proportion have 
remained steady at 7%, with the 
offshore bond making up the majority.

Inflows

Despite the first and second halves of 
the financial year being very different, 
we were pleased to finish the year with 
both gross and net inflows very slightly 
ahead of the prior year. 

Market gross inflows were £58.22 billion, 
growth of 1% on prior year. Transact 
gross inflows for the year were £5.75 
billion, which was a shade ahead of 
£5.70 billion achieved in the prior year.

Market net inflows were £24.26 billion, 
growth of 8% on prior year. Transact 
net inflows for the year were £3.59 
billion, which was an increase of 3% 
on prior year (£3.50 billion).

We have consistently ranked in the top 
three firms for gross inflows and we 
have achieved the highest 2020 net 
flows to date of all retail advised 
platforms according to Fundscape 
statistics. This has been sourced in 
four ways: 

)
£
(

s
w
o
l
f

s
s
o
r
G

18,000m

15,000m

12,000m

9,000m

6,000m

3,000m

0m

Q1
FY20

Q3
Q2
FY20
FY20
Financial year 2020

Q4
FY20

TRANSACT GROSS FLOWS

)
£
(

s
w
o
l
f

s
s
o
r
G

1,800m

1,500m

1,200m

900m

600m

300m

0m

Q1
FY20

Q3
Q2
FY20
FY20
Financial year 2020

Q4
FY20

MARKET NET FLOWS

)
£
(

s
w
o
l
f

t
e
N

8,000m

7,000m

6,000m

5,000m

4,000m

3,000m

2,000m

1,000m

0m

Q1
FY20

Q3
Q2
FY20
FY20
Financial year 2020

Q4
FY20

TRANSACT NET FLOWS

▪  Advisers who have used Transact for 
more than one year bringing across 
new clients;

▪  Clients already on Transact for more 

than one year making further 
contributions to their portfolios;

)
£
(

s
w
o
l
f

t
e
N

▪  New clients from advisers new to 

Transact;

▪  Outflows remaining broadly stable as 

a percentage of opening FUD and 
comparing favourably with the rest  
of the industry.

1,200m

900m

600m

300m

0m

Q1
FY20

Q3
Q2
FY20
FY20
Financial year 2020

Q4
FY20

INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020    23

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
STRATEGIC REPORT  continued

Our market share among retail 
advised platforms was 10% of gross 
inflows and 15% of net inflows.

Another positive indicator was the 
ratio of client asset transfers onto  
the platform versus off the platform. 
For the financial year, this was 5.1:1 
in our favour. Defined contribution 
pension transfers onto the platform 
made up almost 75% of our pension 
transfers in financial year 2020.

Award-winning service

Our performance is attributable to 
the power of the overall offering 
including the consistently superior 
levels of service we achieve, and this 
has resulted in Transact retaining  
the top spot in annual independent 
research studies, Investment Trends 
and CoreData, for the eleventh year 
running (2010-2020 inclusive),  
as well as consistently performing 
strongly in quarterly and annual 
Platforum surveys. 

TRANSACT ADVISER RATINGS

Category:  
Large Platforms  
(> £12bn FUD)

Category:  
Large Platforms  
(> £10bn FUD)

Category:  
Large Platforms  
(> £10bn FUD)

1st

1st

1st

1st

1st

1st

1st

1st

1st

1st

1st

1st

1st

1st

1st

1st

1st

1st

2020

2019

2018

2017

2016

2015

A core element of our proposition  
is the ownership of our software.  
We regularly deploy releases of new 
software (eleven in financial year 
2020), which contain enhancements 
to existing code, as well as new 
functionality which benefits our 
clients and their advisers.

24    INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020

 
Adviser and client numbers

The number of advisers using our platform increased by 6% over the financial 
year to 6,205. The rate of growth is steady, year on year, and represents  
a sustainable level of change that enables us to help advisers efficiently 
“onboard” their clients.

Our adviser Net Promoter Score increased marginally to 61%, and remained 
the highest score for an advised platform. 

ADVISER NUMBERS

s
r
e
b
m
u
n

r
e
s
i
v
d
A

7,000

6,000

5,000

4,000

3,000

2,000

6,205

1
1
Y
F

2
1
Y
F

3
1
Y
F

4
1
Y
F

5
1
Y
F

6
1
Y
F

7
1
Y
F

8
1
Y
F

9
1
Y
F

0
2
Y
F

Financial year (end)

Client numbers have also grown solidly, increasing by 7% during the year  
to 192,000. 

In our own client satisfaction survey, in which over 2,000 clients participated, 
90% of respondents rated Transact’s quality of service as either “very good”, 
or “good”, and 80% of respondents stated they were “very likely” or “likely” 
to recommend Transact to friends, family or colleagues.

CLIENT NUMBERS

s
r
e
b
m
u
n

t
n
e

i
l

C

200k

170k

140k

110k

80k

50k

192k

1
1
Y
F

2
1
Y
F

3
1
Y
F

4
1
Y
F

5
1
Y
F

6
1
Y
F

7
1
Y
F

8
1
Y
F

9
1
Y
F

0
2
Y
F

Financial year (end)

Jonathan Gunby 
Executive Director

16 December 2020

INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020    25

 
 
 
 
STRATEGIC REPORT  continued

FINANCIAL REVIEW

A robust set of results

The FTSE All Share Index was 
buoyant at the end of our first 
quarter, in part due to the decisive 
UK election result in December 2019. 
It peaked in mid-January, at 4,258 
points, before crashing 36% by late 
March, as the COVID-19 pandemic 
took hold, many countries went into 
lockdown and the economic impact 
was priced into the markets. 
Recovery from the March low point 
was erratic, but FUD ended the year 
9% up, aided by solid net flows.  
This has resulted in increased 
revenue and increased profits.

FUD increased to £41.09 billion 
(2019: £37.80 billion) with  
gross inflows of £5.75 billion  
(2019: £5.70 billion). Outflows 
decreased slightly to £2.16 billion 
(2019: £2.20 billion) resulting  
in increased net inflows of  
£3.59 billion (2019: £3.50 billion).

Income continued to grow.  
We generated revenue of £107.3 million 
(2019: £99.2 million) up 8%,  
leading to an 11% increase in operating 
profit attributable to shareholders of 
£55.3 million (2019: £49.6 million).

This performance was achieved 
through continuing focus on doing 
what we do well, and continuing to 
make it better and more efficient for 
the future. We continued to develop 
the delivery of our high quality 
service by investing in our people and 
our proprietary technology. These 
developments allowed us to benefit 
from ongoing process efficiencies 
which are reflected in our increased 
operating margin.

26    INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020

FUD, inflows and outflows

For the financial year ended
30 September

Opening FUD

Inflows

Outflows

Net flows

Market movements

Other movements1

Closing FUD

2020 
£m

37,799

5,750

(2,160)

3,590

(224)

(72)

2019 
£m

33,113

5,700

(2,203)

3,497

1,197

(8)

41,093

37,799

1Other movements includes dividends, interest, fees and tax charges and rebates.

Financial year 2020 saw extreme levels 
of market volatility. Despite this,  
the level of client inflows onto 
Transact marginally improved when 
compared with FY19. Outflow rates 
for the year, as a percentage of 
opening FUD, fell slightly from FY19, 
resulting in strong net flows which 
were up 3% year on year. FUD ended 
the year at £41.09 billion, up £3.29 
billion from 2019, an increase of 9%.

Financial performance

Financial year 2020 was another year 
of robust financial performance.  
By continuing to generate positive 
net inflows, through our ability to 
attract new inflows and retain 
business already on the platform,  
we increased FUD. This drove revenue 
growth and, when coupled with 
careful management of our expense 
base, resulted in increased profits.

INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020    27

STRATEGIC REPORT  continued

Income

For the financial year ended
30 September

Revenue

Cost of sales

Gross profit

Operating expenses

Operating profit attributable to 
shareholder returns

Net interest income

Profit before tax attributable to 
shareholder returns

Change in investment contract liabilities

Fee and commission expenses

Investment returns

Net policyholder income attributable to 
policyholder returns

Policyholder tax

Tax on ordinary activities

Profit after tax

2020 
£m

107.3

(0.8)

106.5

(51.2)

55.3

0.0

55.3

82.9

(137.6)

54.7

(3.1)

3.1

(9.8)

45.5

2019 
£m

99.2

(0.8)

98.4

(48.8)

49.6

0.3

49.9

(554.8)

(125.6)

680.4

7.1

(7.0)

(8.9)

41.1

Total gross profit in the financial year 
to 30 September 2020 increased by 
£8.1 million, or 8%, to £106.5 million 
from £98.4 million. This increase was 
achieved after reductions in the 
annual commission income charge 
and the threshold at which we rebate 
buy commission, and reflects the 
increases in the value of FUD, 
number of clients and number of tax 
wrappers held on the platform.

Profit after tax for financial year 2019 
has been restated to £41.1 million, 
an increase from £40.1 million,  
and an adjustment to 2019 opening 
retained earnings has been made  
of £5.4 million. 

The restatement of profit after tax 
across prior years is due to the 
identification of an error in the 
calculation of the policyholder tax 
provision (over) in the subsidiary, 
IntegraLife UK Limited (ILUK),  
which is one of the elements of the 
Group’s insurance and life assurance 
segment. The error was due to 

corporate expenses being deducted 
in the policyholder tax calculation 
resulting in an overprovision of tax 
reserves due back to policyholders. 
As a result, there has been a release 
of the policyholder tax provision to 
the retained earnings as at 1 October 
2018 and to the statement of profit 
or loss and other comprehensive 
income in 2019.

In addition to the restatement 
explained above, certain comparatives 
have been reclassified due to an 
error in presentation in prior years. 
This has the effect of reflecting items 
of income, expenses, gains and losses 
relating to the Group’s insurance and 
life assurance segment on a gross 
basis, rather than on a net basis.  
In addition, cash held by the Group’s 
insurance and life assurance segment 
for the benefit of policyholders has 
been separately disclosed in cash and 
cash equivalents. 

These changes have no effect on net 
assets or overall profit.

28    INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020

 
 
Components of revenue

For the financial year ended
30 September

Annual commission income

Wrapper fee income

Other income

Total fee income

Our revenue comprises three elements 
and two of these elements, annual 
commission income (an annual, tiered 
fee on FUD) and wrapper fee income 
(quarterly wrapper fees for each of 
the tax wrapper types clients hold) 
constitute our recurring revenue.  
The third element is other income 
and includes buy commission charged 
on asset purchases.

Annual commission income increased 
by £7.8 million, or 9%, to £94.5 million 
(2019: £86.7 million). This growth 
was achieved through growth in 
average FUD of 12%, despite volatile 
market conditions affecting asset 
values throughout the year. 

2020 
£m

94.5

9.7

3.1

107.3

2019 
£m

86.7

9.0

3.5

99.2

Wrapper administration fee income 
increased by £0.7 million, or 8%,  
to £9.7 million (2019: £9.0 million). 
This reflects the net increase in the 
number of open tax wrappers on  
the platform. 

Recurring revenue streams constituted 
97% (2019: 97%) of total fee income.

Other income, mainly buy 
commission and dealing charges, 
reduced by 11%, £0.4 million, to 
£3.1 million (2019: £3.5 million).  
The primary reason for this fall was 
the reduction in the buy commission 
rebate threshold, this was introduced 
to make our charging structure more 
competitive. The required portfolio 
value for clients to receive the  
rebate was reduced from £0.5 million 
to £0.4 million, with effect from 
March 2020.

IHP FEE INCOME

)
£
(

e
m
o
c
n

i

e
e
F

110m

105m

100m

95m

90m

85m

80m

75m

70m

65m

60m

£3.5m

£9.0m

£86.7m

£3.9m

£8.1m

£79.2m

£3.1m

£9.7m

£94.5m

FY18

FY19
Financial year (end)

FY20

Annual Commission Wrapper Fee

Buy & Dealing

INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020    29

 
 
STRATEGIC REPORT  continued

Operating expenses

Total operating expenses increased by 
£2.4 million, or 5%, to £51.3 million 
(2019: £48.8 million). The increase 
was mainly due to an increase in 
regulatory fees, professional fees and 
staff costs.

Operating expenses

For the financial year ended
30 September

Staff costs

Occupancy

Regulatory and professional fees

Other income – tax relief due to 
shareholders

Other costs

Total expenses

Depreciation and amortisation

Total operating expenses

2020
£m

36.9

2.0

7.0

(1.1)

3.8

48.6

2.6

51.2

2019
£m

36.3

3.6

5.5

(1.0)

3.7

48.1

0.7

48.8

Staff costs

Occupancy

Occupancy costs decreased by  
£1.6 million due to the implementation 
of the new lease accounting standard, 
IFRS 16, which came into effect  
on 1 October 2019.

IFRS 16 brings leases on-balance 
sheet and, in our case, applies to the 
IHP Group property leases for offices in 
London, the Isle of Man and Australia. 

The accounting standard replaces rent 
expense with straight line depreciation 
on a right of use asset and notional 
interest expense on a corresponding 
lease liability. 

Staff costs increased by  
£0.6 million, or 2%, to £36.9 million 
(2019: £36.3 million). 

Average staff numbers decreased from 
509 to 492, a drop of 3%. The reduction 
was the result of natural attrition and 
efficiency gains delivered through 
platform development. The small rise 
in staff costs in the period was 
attributable to the net effects of 
general inflationary increases.

Staff share scheme costs, both the 
Share Incentive Plan (SIP) for all  
staff and the Performance Share Plan 
(PSP) for management, did not 
increase materially.

We operate a defined contribution 
pension scheme for our staff.  
The company-paid contribution was 
increased to 9% of annual salary  
in FY19, it was not further increased  
in FY20.

30    INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020

Net income attributable to 
policyholder returns, and 
policyholder tax

Net income attributable to 
policyholder returns decreased by 
£10.1 million, from income of  
£8.1 million in FY19 to an expense of 
£2.0 million in FY20. Policyholder tax 
decreased by £10.0 million, from a 
tax charge of £7.0 million in FY19 to 
a tax credit of £3.1 million in FY20. 
Both of these reductions were due to 
a decrease in the gains on investments 
held for the benefit of policyholders, 
as a result of the downturn in 
financial markets during FY20.

Regulatory and professional fees

Regulatory and professional fees 
increased by £1.5 million, or 27%,  
to £7.0 million. The most significant 
increase was in FSCS levies, which 
increased by £0.9 million, or 82%, 
year on year. There was a smaller 
increase in professional fees of  
£0.6 million, attributable to ad hoc 
project work performed throughout  
the year.

Other income – tax relief due to 
shareholders

This relates to the release of tax 
provisions due back to policyholders. 
Details of the 2019 restatement can  
be seen on page 28.

Depreciation and amortisation

Depreciation and amortisation charges 
increased by £1.9 million and £1.6 million 
of this was attributable to the 
depreciation arising on the right of use 
asset on the balance sheet, required 
by IFRS 16. 

An element of the remaining £300k 
increase in depreciation was due to the 
purchase of new equipment required  
to enable staff to work from home,  
but the majority was due to a full year 
of deprecation on equipment bought in 
the latter half of financial year 2019.

Total capitalised expenditure for the 
financial year was £0.9 million compared 
with £1.3 million in the prior year.

INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020    31

STRATEGIC REPORT  continued

IHP – PROFIT BEFORE TAX

x
a
t

e
r
o
f
e
b

t
i
f
o
r
P

£55m

£50m

£45m

£40m

£35m

£2.6m

£49.9m

£55.3m

£40.9m

FY18

FY19
Financial year (end)

FY20

Operating Profit

IPO Adjustment

Profit before tax attributable to 
shareholder returns

In the financial year to 30 September 
2020 our operating margin increased 
to 52%.

After including interest income on 
corporate cash, the interest expense 
arising from the implementation of 
IFRS 16, and returns on corporate 
gilt holdings, profit before tax in the 
financial year to 30 September 2020 
was £55.3 million, an increase of 
11% on the prior year.

Tax

The Group has operations in three 
tax jurisdictions, being UK, Australia 
and Isle of Man, meaning profits are 
subject to tax at three different rates. 
However, the vast majority of the 
Group’s income, 95%, is earned in 
the UK.

Tax on ordinary activities described 
below solely comprises the Group’s 
’shareholder corporation tax’, which is 
distinguished from the ‘policyholder 
tax’ that the Group collects and 
remits to HMRC in respect of ILUK, 
which is taxed under the “I minus E” 
tax regime.

Tax for the year increased by  
£0.8 million, or 9%, to £9.8 million 
(2019: £9.0 million) due to increased 
profits. Our effective rate of tax over 
the period remained stable at 18%.

Our tax strategy can be found at:  
www.integrafin.co.uk/ 
legal-and-regulatory-information/

32    INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020

 
 
Earnings per share

Operating profit attributable to 
shareholder returns

Net interest income

Profit before tax attributable to 
shareholder returns

Net policyholder income attributable to 
policyholder returns

Policyholder tax

Tax on ordinary activities

Profit after tax for the period

2020
£m

55.3

0.0

55.3

(3.1)

3.1

(9.8)

45.5

2019 
(restated)
£m

49.6

0.3

49.9

7.1

(7.0)

(8.9)

41.1

Number of shares in issue

Earnings per share – basic and diluted

331.3m

13.7p

331.3m

12.4p

Earnings per share increased to  
13.7 pence, an increase of 10% on 
prior year.

The 2019 EPS has been restated in 
line with the restatement of profit 
after tax noted on page 28.

IHP – EARNINGS PER SHARE

)
e
c
n
e
p
(

S
P
E

14.0

12.0

10.0

8.0

6.0

4.0

2.0

0.0

9.9p

FY18

12.4p

13.7p

FY19
Financial year (end)

FY20

INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020    33

 
STRATEGIC REPORT  continued

Consolidated statement of 
financial position

In the consolidated statement of 
financial position, the material items 
that merit comment include the 
following:

Intangible assets (note 13)

The Group’s intangible asset as at  
30 September 2020 of £13.0 million 
(2019: £13.0 million) comprises 
goodwill arising from the purchase of 
Integrated Application Development 
Pty Ltd (IAD) in July 2016. Goodwill 
is tested for impairment each 
financial year. 

Right of use asset and corresponding 
lease liability (notes 15 and 26)

On 1 October 2019, the Group 
recognised a right of use asset and a 
lease liability on adoption of IFRS 16. 
The right of use asset has been 
depreciated through the year and ends 
the year at £4.0 million. The lease 
liability has also reduced from the  
net effect of rent payments under  
the terms of the respective lease 
agreements and interest charges, 
and ends the year at £6.1 million.

Deferred acquisition costs and 
deferred income liability (notes 17 
and 27)

Deferred acquisition costs and 
deferred income liability arise in our 
life insurance subsidiaries, IntegraLife 
UK Limited (ILUK) and IntegraLife 
International Ltd (ILInt). They are 
driven by the level of adviser fees 
payable by clients from new insurance 
wrappers opened in each year.  
These two line items are required to 
be shown under IFRS, however, the 
timing and magnitude of movement 
in the items always nets off exactly, 
resulting in zero net effect in each of 
the companies and in the consolidated 
statements of financial position.  
Both items increased by £3.1 million 
to £53.5 million over the financial year.

Investments and cash held for the 
benefit of policyholders and liabilities 
for linked investment contracts 
(notes 19, 20 and 21)

ILUK and ILInt write only unit-linked 
insurance policies. They match the 
assets and liabilities of their linked 
policies such that, in their own 
individual statements of financial 
position, these items always net off 
exactly. These line items are required 
to be shown under IFRS in the 
consolidated statement of profit or 
loss, the consolidated statement of 
financial position and the consolidated 
statement of cash flows, but have 
zero net effect.

Investments and cash held for the 
benefit of policyholders have increased 
to £16.73 billion (2019: £15.45 billion) 
and £1.38 billion (2019: £1.21 billion) 
respectively. Liabilities for linked 
investment contracts increased to 
£18.11 billion (2019: £16.66 billion). 
This reflects the increase in the value 
of FUD held in life insurance wrappers.

Deferred tax liabilities (note 28)

Deferred tax liabilities decreased  
by £4.2 million to £9.0 million  
(2019: £13.2 million). This decrease 
was primarily due to market 
movements in the assets held in the 
ILUK’s onshore bond tax wrappers 
during the year. Sufficient cash is 
held by ILUK to meet this liability.

Provisions (note 30)

Provisions have increased in financial 
year 2020 by £6.9 million. This is 
largely due to tax charges deducted 
from clients not becoming payable to 
HMRC due to the downturn in the 
financial markets. If no tax liability 
arises in the future then these charges 
will be refunded to policyholders. 

34    INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020

Cash and cash equivalents (note 21)

Shareholder cash increased from 
£132.3 million at 30 September 2019 
to £154.1 million at 30 September 2020. 
The increase of 16% reflects the 
cash-generative nature of the 
business and the strength of the 
liquidity within the Group.

Liquidity and capital management

At 30 September 2020 the Group 
held cash and cash equivalents of 
£154.1 million (2019: £132.3 million). 
Cash generated through trading also 
covered dividend payments totaling 
£26.2 million. This comprised  
£17.2 million second interim dividend 
in respect of the financial year 2019, 
paid in January 2020 and £8.9 million 
first interim dividend in respect of  
the first half of financial year 2020 
(2019: £8.6 million), paid in June 2020.

To enable the Group to offer a wide 
range of tax wrappers there are three 
regulated entities within the Group;  
a UK investment firm, a UK life 
insurance company and an Isle of 
Man life insurance company. Each 
regulated entity maintains capital 
well above the minimum level of 
regulatory capital required, ensuring 
sufficient capital remains available to 
fund ongoing trading and future 
growth. Cash and investments in 
short-dated gilts are held to cover 
regulatory capital requirements and 
tax liabilities.

The regulatory capital requirements 
and resources in ILUK and ILInt are 
calculated by reference to economic 
capital-based regimes, and therefore 
do not directly equate to IFAL’s 
expense-based regulatory capital 
requirements. These bases are 
determined by the appropriate 
regulations that apply for each of  
the companies.

Regulatory Capital

For the financial 
year ended
30 September 2020

Regulatory 
Capital 
requirements

Regulatory 
Capital 
resources

Regulatory 
Cover

IFAL

ILUK

ILInt

£m

24.0

170.4

18.5

£m

34.1

239.3

33.4

%

141.8

140.4

180.7

All of the company’s regulated 
subsidiaries continue to hold 
regulatory capital resources in excess 
of their regulatory capital requirements. 
We will maintain sufficient regulatory 
capital and an appropriate level of 
working capital. We will use retained 
capital to further invest in the delivery 
of our service to clients, pay dividends 
to shareholders and provide fair 
rewards to staff.

INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020    35

STRATEGIC REPORT  continued

£m

140.9

(22.0)

118.9

(18.6)

100.3

(63.5)

36.9

Capital

For the financial year ended 
30 September 2020

Total equity

Loans and receivables, intangible assets and property, 
plant and equipment

Available capital pre dividend

Interim dividend declared

Available capital post dividend

Additional risk appetite capital

Surplus

Additional risk appetite capital is 
capital the IHP Board considers to be 
appropriate for it to hold to ensure 
the smooth operation of the business 
such that it is able to meet future 
risks to the business plan and future 
changes to regulatory capital 
requirements without recourse to 
additional capital – see the Going 
Concern and Viability Statement on 
page 48.

The board considers the impact of 
regulatory capital requirements and 
risk appetite levels on prospective 
dividends from all of its regulated 
subsidiaries. Our Group’s Pillar 3 
document contains further details 
and can be found on our website at: 
www.integrafin.co.uk/ 
legal-and-regulatory-information/  
Pillar 3 Disclosures.

36    INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020

As stated in the Chair’s report,  
the board has declared a second interim 
dividend for the year of 5.6 pence  
per ordinary share, taking the total 
dividend for the year to 8.3 pence 
per share (2019: 7.8 pence).

Given the net cash, liquidity and 
capital coverage positions as set out 
above, the Group is well positioned  
to fund the £18.6 million dividend.

Dividend Type

Share Class

Ordinary

All 

Per share

Ordinary –  
first interim

Ordinary –  
second interim

All

All

16 December 2020

2020
£m

27.5

2019
£m

25.8

2.7 pence

2.6 pence

5.6 pence

5.2 pence

INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020    37

STRATEGIC REPORT  continued

RISK AND RISK 
MANAGEMENT 

“The process which aims  
to help us understand, 
assess, assign ownership, 
manage and take action on  
all our risks. This allows us  
to perform risk monitoring 
and reporting, with a view  
to increasing the probability 
of success and reducing the 
likelihood of failure of the 
Group or its regulated 
subsidiaries.”

Overview

The risk management framework 
defines the risk principles of the 
Group and is designed to support  
the delivery of the Group’s strategic 
objectives. It assists the board in 
understanding its current and future 
risks and provides appropriate 
information that is incorporated  
into our strategic decision making 
and business planning processes.  
It encompasses all financial, strategic 
and operational risks that may 
prevent us from fulfilling our business 
objectives. In this context, the key 
risks facing the business given the 
nature of the activities we undertake, 
are non-financial risks (comprising 
operational risk, competitor risk, 
regulatory risk, reputational risk,  
and geopolitical risk) and financial 
risks (comprising market risk, 
liquidity risk, outflow risk, expense 
risk and credit risk).

How risks are managed

The risk management framework is 
developed, managed and embedded 
throughout the Group in a consistent 
manner, promoting a culture of risk 
awareness and risk ownership.  
It comprises our systems of 
governance, risk appetite and risk 
management processes.

Governance

The board is responsible for 
establishing the risk strategy and 
approving the risk appetite. 

The board has established a  
non-executive committee, the Audit 
and Risk Committee, to provide 
guidance and oversight on risk matters. 
This committee of the company is 
responsible for reviewing the manner 
in which the Group implements and 
monitors the adequacy of the Risk 
Management Framework. For risk 
oversight of the regulated subsidiaries 
it is supported by the IFAL Group Risk 
Committee, itself made up of 
independent non-executive directors 
of IFAL. Together they assist the 
board and senior management in 
fostering a culture that encourages 
good stewardship of risk and 
emphasizes and demonstrates the 
benefits of a risk-based approach to 
management of the Group.

The framework is supported by the 
Risk Management Policy which 
provides general guidelines for the 
design and implementation of risk, 
with the senior management 
responsible for its implementation. 
The Risk Management Policy is 
overseen by the IHP Chief Executive 
Officer (CEO) and is reviewed at least 
on an annual basis. Any material 
changes are approved by the board 
following guidance from the Audit 
and Risk Committee and approval  
by the boards of the regulated 
subsidiaries, which receive guidance 
from the IFAL Group Risk Committee.

38    INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020

Risk appetite

▪  we do not actively seek to take 

operational risk to generate returns. 
We accept a level of operational risk 
that means the controls in place 
should prevent material losses,  
but should not excessively restrict 
business activities;

▪  we aim to have a zero risk appetite 
for unfair client outcomes arising 
from systematic failures in our 
cultural outlook or in any element  
of the client life cycle; and

▪  we have a risk appetite for zero 
material regulatory breaches.

Actual risk exposures are regularly 
assessed by the Group’s risk 
management function against risk 
appetite using a comprehensive set 
of key risk indicators which are 
reported to the Audit and Risk 
Committee, the IFAL Group Risk 
Committee and senior management.

Our risk appetite is the degree of risk 
that we are prepared to accept in 
pursuit of our strategic and operational 
objectives. Our Risk Management 
Policy and Framework provides the 
mechanism to define our risk appetite. 
From this, each of our operating 
companies sets its own appetite within 
this framework to meet the common 
aims of the Group. We have generally 
adopted an overall conservative 
approach which is reflected in our 
risk appetite values and preferences 
and in the overall approach to risk 
management. Our risk preferences 
can be articulated as follows:

▪  we ensure risks that are taken are 
aligned with our strategic aims and 
provide an acceptable level of return;

▪  we accept certain risks and ensure 

that these are appropriately 
managed, mitigated and monitored;

▪  we have a prudent capital 

management approach and we 
currently invest shareholder assets 
in high quality, highly liquid, 
short-dated investments;

▪  we have a preference for products 
with low capital requirements and 
without financial guarantees. 
Additionally, we have a preference 
for secondary market risk through 
charges determined based on 
clients’ portfolio values. This is 
central to our proposition and we 
accept the potential impact on 
financial performance;

INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020    39

STRATEGIC REPORT  continued

The risk management process

The CEO, with support from the 
senior management team, is 
accountable to the board and the 
Group’s regulators for the effective 
management of risk across the 
business. We have established our 
Risk Management Framework with 
consideration of the Committee of 
Sponsoring Organisation of the 
Treadway Commission (COSO) 
Integrated Framework Principles, 
providing a consistent, proactive 
approach to identification, 
assessment, mitigation and reporting 
of risks throughout the Group.

The CEO is responsible for ensuring 
an embedded and consistent 
approach is adopted for the overall 
management of risk controls, 
including the monitoring of risk 
exposures, reporting in relation to 
risk management arrangements and 
for assessing the adequacy and 
effectiveness of policies and 
procedures designed to detect any 
risk of failure to comply with 
regulatory obligations. In this regard, 
we have implemented a comprehensive 
“top down” and “bottom up” 
approach to managing risks through 
regular assessments, monitoring 
(including horizon scanning) and 
reporting in conjunction with senior 
management and risk owners. 

For risk management to be effective, 
it is important that the roles and 
responsibilities of all those involved 
are clearly defined. Accordingly, the 
Group’s Risk Management Framework 
is designed along the “three lines of 
defence” model which provides at 
least three stages of oversight to 
ensure that all companies operate 
within their risk appetites.

40    INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020

Our Risk Management Framework is shown below:

OVERSIGHT

ENTERPRISE RISK MANAGEMENT

OWNERSHIP

RISKS

Risk and governance framework

Board

Strategy/Business

Market

Credit

Operational

Insurance

Liquidity

Concentration

Group

e
c
n
e
f
e
D

f
o

e
n
L

i

d
r
3

–

t
i
d
u
a

l

a
n
r
e
t
n
I

e
c
n
e
f
e
D

f
o

e
n
L

i

d
n
2

–

e
c
n
a

i
l

p
m
o
C

d
n
a

t
n
e
m
e
g
a
n
a
m
k
s
i
R

Model
governance and 
data quality

Risk
management
policies

Board with
Risk Committee
guidance

Systems and controls policies
(Group policy, process and procedures
principles and guidance documents)

e
c
n
e
f
e
D

f
o

e
n
L

i

t
s
1

Procedures, manuals, 
operational limits, methodology, 
specifications, control activities, 
training, reporting

Actuarial, Business 
Intelligence, Client Operations, 
Corporate and Client 
Accounting, Facilities, Human 
Resources, Information 
Technology, Legal Management, 
Marketing, Operational 
Resilence, Sales, System 
and Service Development, 
Technical, Trading Operations, 
Training, Transact Support, 
Quality Control

INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020    41

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
STRATEGIC REPORT  continued

The “three lines of defence” 
risk governance model

First line of defence

Our first line of defence is the 
business departments which have 
responsibility for managing and 
controlling their risks, in accordance 
with agreed risk appetites through 
the implementation of a sound set  
of processes and controls.

Responsibility for risk management 
resides at all levels within our business, 
from the senior management team  
to departmental and team managers. 
All staff members are accountable for 
managing risks within the business 
areas for which they are responsible, 
ensuring compliance with prescribed 
company plans, policies and prevailing 
regulatory and legislative requirements.

The business lines are also responsible 
for complying with the policies and 
standards which comprise the Group’s 
Risk Management Framework. 
Current key risks and issues facing  
us are considered by the business, 
recorded into the Group risk register 
with each key risk owned by the 
member of the management team 
responsible for the strategic 
management of that risk across  
the Group.

The directors consider the totality of 
the risk register and carry out a 
robust assessment of the emerging 
and principal risks facing the Group, 
including those that would threaten 
its business model, future 
performance, solvency and liquidity.

Second line of defence

Our second line of defence comprises 
two functions: the risk management 
function and the compliance function.

The risk management function is 
responsible for coordinating all the 
risk management activities within the 
business. This includes the development, 
maintenance and enhancement  
of the Risk Management Policy  
and Framework. Additional risk 
responsibilities include ensuring that 
the business risk owners maintain up 
to date and accurate risk and control 
data within the Group risk register. 
The output from the risk register 
forms part of the risk management 
reporting process to the Audit and 
Risk Committee and IFAL Group Risk 
Committee.

The compliance function is primarily 
responsible for supporting the Group 
to ensure that its activities are 
conducted in accordance with all 
applicable regulatory requirements.

The Risk Management and Compliance 
functions provide reports to the  
Audit and Risk Committee and the 
IFAL Group Risk Committee, on at 
least a quarterly basis, with information 
and analysis on the key risks the Group 
faces (including forward-looking 
risks), capital requirements and 
comparison against risk appetite.  
The chairs of the Committees then 
provide a summary to the members 
of the boards.

42    INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020

Third line of defence

Emerging risk focus

Our third line of defence is internal 
audit, which provides independent 
assurance on the adequacy and 
effectiveness of the Group’s risk 
management and major business 
process control arrangements.  
It performs regular audits across  
the business, reporting to the Audit 
Committees on the implementation 
and effectiveness of the Risk 
Management Policy, framework and 
internal controls. The Head of 
Internal Audit reports directly to the 
Audit Committee chairs.

The board is satisfied that internal 
audit provides sufficient assurance  
on the Risk Management Policy and 
Framework and internal controls.

Our stakeholders expect us to be 
resilient in our operations. We actively 
manage our risk exposure against 
appetite across our defined principal 
risk categories. These are overseen 
by management and governance 
committees to ensure exposures are 
adequately identified and acted upon 
in a timely manner. In this regard  
we ensure through our Risk Capital 
frameworks that our regulated 
entities hold adequate capital to  
meet obligations. 

The management approach to  
risk ensures that we identify and 
monitor a series of emerging risks. 
These have a degree of uncertainty 
around the likelihood and impact on 
the business. The more significant 
emerging risks in the near, medium 
and longer term are set out below 
and are regularly reported and 
assessed through the governance 
committees.

INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020    43

STRATEGIC REPORT  continued

Near-term  
risks

Cyber-attack

The threat of malicious external 3rd party attacks on our systems, leading 
to ransom threats, denial of service or loss of client data and information.

Financial Crime 
Fraud

The emergence of more sophisticated instances of financial crime impacting 
our security and reputation across the client base.

Medium-term 
risks

Prolonged 
economic 
downturn

Severe and prolonged worldwide economic downturn resulting in volatile 
equity markets. Investors losing confidence in equity markets and seeking 
alternative investment assets impacting our FUD.

Regulatory 
changes and  
a shifting focus

Changing expectations of the UK and Isle of Man regulators especially  
in the light of the impending departure from the EU. Increasing regulatory 
scrutiny or focus impacting our business model.

Longer-term 
risks

Disruptive  
market  
influences

The independent adviser model is dramatically impacted as a result of 
prolonged economic factors, new technological entrants and a more 
aggressive acquisition by vertically integrated firms reducing our adviser/
client base.

Environmental, 
Social and 
Governance 
(ESG) 
requirements

Increasing government and stakeholder focus on requirements for ESG 
metrics. The emerging uncertainty and complexity of the data requirements 
and disclosure obligations of environmental factors, such as climate  
change, are likely to require additional significant investment of effort 
across our business.

We use the emerging risk insight 
from management and other reliable 
external sources, to undertake stress 
and scenario testing. These are used 
to identify additional impacts on the 
ability of the Group and its regulated 
subsidiaries to meet capital and 
liquidity needs as a result of changes 
in the external environment that are 
over and above the amount of capital 
held. More details of these are set 
out in our viability statement.

44    INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020

Isle of Man Risk Based Capital 
regime

As at 30 September 2020, ILInt,  
an Isle of Man based life company  
in the Group, has Own Funds of  
£33.4 million (2019: £33.1 million) 
and SCR of £18.5 million  
(2019: £19.4 million) which gives  
a SCR coverage ratio of 181%  
(2019: 171%).

During the reporting period,  
ILInt was fully compliant with the 
SCR. Additionally, the Risk Based 
Capital balance sheet and SCR are 
regularly monitored and in line with 
standard regulatory requirements 
reported to the Isle of Man Financial 
Services Authority (IoM FSA) on a 
quarterly basis.

During the reporting period, IFAL was 
fully compliant with its regulatory 
capital requirement. Additionally, 
regulatory capital resources and 
capital requirements were regularly 
monitored and in line with standard 
regulatory requirements reported to 
the FCA on an annual basis. 

Solvency II

ILUK, a UK based life company in  
the Group, has adopted the standard 
formula approach in calculating the 
Solvency Capital Requirement (SCR), 
and has not adopted any of the 
transitional measures in the calculation 
of the Solvency II balance sheet.  
As at 30 September 2020, ILUK  
has own funds of £239 million  
(2019: £227 million) and an SCR of 
£170 million (2019: £173 million) 
which gives a solvency coverage ratio 
of 140% (2019: 131%).

During the reporting period, ILUK 
was fully compliant with the SCR. 
Additionally, the Solvency II balance 
sheet and SCR were regularly 
monitored and in line with standard 
regulatory requirements reported to 
the Prudential Regulation Authority 
(PRA) on a quarterly basis. 

Risk Capital Frameworks

The company’s regulated subsidiaries 
fall under various risk capital regimes. 
All of the regimes are guided by 
similar underlying risk principles, 
albeit the results and reporting 
requirements are regime specific.

The company’s regulated subsidiaries 
maintain a sound and appropriate 
system of capital management in 
order to meet their strategic capital 
objectives. They have a preference 
for a simple system of capital 
management which reflects the 
nature of their businesses. At a legal 
entity level, the regulated subsidiaries 
are capitalised at the required regulatory 
minimum plus an adequate buffer 
defined as part of their capital 
management, risk appetite and 
dividend policies.

Common Reporting Framework

Under the Financial Conduct Authority’s 
(FCA) Prudential sourcebook for 
Investment Firms (IFPRU), IFAL is  
an IFPRU 125K limited licence firm. 
IFPRU requires that such firms as 
IFAL comply with the European 
Union’s (EU) rules, except where the 
FCA has expanded on the underlying 
rules or specifically exempted IFPRU 
firms from compliance. This means 
that IFAL manages its capital and risk 
requirements using the Basel III 
framework of the Basel Committee 
on Banking Supervision (“Basel 
Committee”) as applied by the EU to 
investment firms in amendments to 
the Capital Requirements Directive 
(CRD), and the Capital Requirements 
Regulation (CRR).

As at 30 September 2020, IFAL has 
regulatory capital resources of  
£34.1 million (2019: £30.9 million) 
and a regulatory capital requirement 
of £24.0 million (2019: £23.5 million) 
which gives a capital requirement 
coverage ratio of 142% (2019: 131%).

INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020    45

STRATEGIC REPORT  continued

PRINCIPAL RISKS AND 
UNCERTAINTIES

The principal risks and uncertainties 
to which the Company is exposed 
relate to the upstream of capital, 
predominantly from its regulated 
subsidiary, IFAL, in order to support 
its dividend-paying capacity to its 
shareholders. The key drivers of this 
upstream of capital are the underlying 
financial performance and solvency 

position of IFAL and its regulated 
subsidiaries. In summary, due to the 
nature of the business written by 
IFAL and the other regulated 
subsidiaries, profitability arises 
primarily from charges on the assets 
held in the portfolios less the 
expenses of administering those 
portfolios. As a consequence, the 
predominant risks to which the 
Company is exposed are market risk, 
liquidity risk, outflow risk, expense 

risk and operational risk. The Company 
seeks to limit its exposure to these 
and any other applicable financial 
and non-financial risks.

The following tables (split between 
financial and non-financial risks) 
describe the key risks of the 
Company with a summary description 
of how we manage and mitigate the 
risks and an assessment of the 
change over the year:

FINANCIAL RISKS

KEY RISK DESCRIPTION

MANAGEMENT AND CONTROLS

Market risk – the impact changes in 
equity and property market values, 
currency exchange rates, credit 
spreads, interest rates and inflation, 
may have on the value of clients’ 
portfolios, resulting in a reduction  
in future charges or an increase in 
future expenses.

The upstream of capital to the Company is exposed to 
second order impacts from market movements as future 
charges are predominantly determined based on clients’ 
portfolio values. The Regulated Subsidiaries of the Group 
do not offer any guarantees on portfolio values and 
currently invest their shareholder assets in high quality, 
highly liquid, short-dated investments.

Expense inflation risk is mitigated through regular stress 
testing, monitoring of expenditure and closely managing 
expenses in line with the business plan.

CHANGE OVER 
THE YEAR

Increased as stock 
market volatility 
and uncertainty 
has impacted FUD. 

Liquidity risk – this is the risk of the 
Company not having available 
sufficient financial resources to enable 
it to meet its obligations as they fall 
due, or can secure such resources only 
at excessive cost.

Outflow risk – loss of future profits 
due to more clients than expected 
terminating policies or more outflows 
(e.g. withdrawals or transfers) than 
expected.

The Company’s principal liquidity risk is limited to paying 
out dividends and operating expenses as they occur. 

No change.

There are robust controls in place to mitigate liquidity 
risk, for example, holding corporate cash across a range 
of banks, in order to mitigate the risk of a single point of 
counterparty default failure.

The Group seeks to mitigate outflow risk by focusing on 
providing the highest level of service that it can. Outflow 
rates are closely monitored and unexpected experience 
is investigated. 

Increased due to 
the growth of 
funds under 
direction.

Despite the current challenging and uncertain economic 
and geopolitical environment, net inflows remained 
positive.

Expense risk – administration costs 
exceed expense allowance, which can 
occur due to costs increasing faster 
than expected or from one-off 
expense “shocks”.

As a significant percentage of the Group’s expenses are 
staff-related, the key inflationary risk arises from salary 
inflation. Expense risk is mitigated through regular 
stress testing, monitoring of expenditure and closely 
managing expenses in line with the business plan which 
is set and approved by the board on an annual basis.

Credit risk – loss due to defaults from 
holdings of cash and cash equivalents, 
deposits, formal loans and reinsurance 
treaties with banks and financial 
institutions. 

The Group seeks to invest its shareholder assets in high 
quality, highly liquid, short-dated investments. Maximum 
counterparty limits are set for banks and minimum 
credit quality steps are also set.

Marginal increase 
due to the one off 
nature of 
managing 
operations under 
the COVID-19 
pandemic.

No change.

46    INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020

NON - FINANCIAL RISKS

KEY RISK DESCRIPTION

MANAGEMENT AND CONTROLS

Regulatory risk – the risk of new 
regulatory requirements having 
adverse impacts on the Group’s 
business model, or the Group failing to 
comply with existing or new 
regulations resulting in a fine or 
regulatory censure.

Regulatory risk is mitigated through regular monitoring 
of regulatory developments and maintaining open and 
transparent dialogue with the regulators to which the 
different regulated subsidiaries are subject.

Ongoing compliance with existing rules is monitored by 
the Compliance function with additional assurance 
provided by the Internal Audit function for the key 
regulatory risks on a regular basis.

Operational risk – the risk of loss 
arising from inadequate or failed 
internal processes, people and 
systems, or from external events.

The key operational risks are information security, IT 
infrastructure and business continuity related, all of 
which include exposures to cyber risks.

The Group aims to minimise its operational risks at all 
times through a strong and well-resourced control and 
operational structure. In particular, the Group has in 
place a dedicated financial crime team and an ongoing 
fraud and cyber risk awareness programme. 
Additionally, the Group carries out regular IT system 
maintenance, and system vulnerability testing.  
The Crisis Management Team (CMT) effectively  
invoked the Group’s business continuity plans during 
the course of the year.

Robust process documentation and an effective risk and 
control framework, has supported the Group during the 
difficult second half year operating period allowing 
management to make effective and informed risk based 
operational decisions. 

CHANGE OVER 
THE YEAR

Regulatory scrutiny, 
as a result of 
COVID-19 has 
increased. This is 
expected to continue 
in the near term. 

Increasing risk 
associated with the 
ongoing operating 
approach of 
working remotely. 

Competition risk – the risk of 
competitor activity resulting in loss of 
new business, increased outflows of 
business or pressure on profit 
margins.

Competitor risk is mitigated by focusing on providing 
exceptionally high levels of service and being 
responsive to client and financial adviser demands 
through an efficient expense base.

No change.

Geopolitical risk – the risk of 
changes in the political landscape 
disrupting the operations of the 
business or resulting in significant 
development costs.

Geopolitical risk cannot be directly mitigated by the 
Group. However, through close monitoring of 
developments through its risk horizon scanning 
process, potential impacts are taken into consideration 
as part of the business planning process.

Reputational risk – the risk that 
current and potential clients’ desire to 
do business with the Group reduces 
due to perception of the Transact 
service in the market place.

The Risk Management Framework provides the 
monitoring mechanisms to ensure that reputational 
damage controls operate effectively and reputational 
risk is mitigated, to some extent, by internal 
operational risk controls, error management and 
complaints handling processes as well as root cause 
analysis investigations.

Unchanged, there 
remains near term 
uncertainty from 
the geopolitical 
environment, e.g. 
the end of the 
transitional period 
with the EU at the 
end of this year.

Unchanged for the 
year.

The directors have carried out a robust assessment of the principal and emerging risks facing the Group, including 
those that would threaten its business model, future performance, solvency or liquidity.

INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020    47

STRATEGIC REPORT  continued

GOING CONCERN AND 
VIABILITY STATEMENT

In accordance with the Code, the 
directors have assessed whether the 
Group is considered a going concern 
over the following twelve month 
period, as well as the prospects and 
viability of the Group over a period  
of three years.

Going concern

The Strategic Report sets out the 
Group’s business model, its strategic 
objectives and the associated risks, 
and the annual financial review on 
pages 26 to 37. 

Going concern is assessed over the 
12-month period from when the 
Annual Report is approved, and the 
board has concluded that the Group 
has adequate resources to continue 
in operational existence for the next 
12 months. As detailed in the going 
concern disclosure in the financial 
statements, on page 122, this is 
supported by:

liquidity, profitability and regulatory 
capital, taking account of the 
COVID-19 pandemic and further 
possible adverse changes in trading 
performance, the board is satisfied 
that the Group is well placed to 
manage its business risks. The board 
is also satisfied that it will be able to 
operate within the regulatory capital 
limits imposed by regulators, being 
the FCA, PRA, and IoM FSA. 

The board has concluded that the 
Group has adequate resources and 
there are no material uncertainties  
to the Group’s ability to continue to 
operate for the foreseeable future, 
being a period of at least twelve 
months from the date this Annual 
Report is approved. For this reason, 
they have adopted the going concern 
basis for the preparation of the 
financial statements.

Viability

The key factors affecting the Group’s 
viability and prospects are its market 
position and recurring revenue.

▪  The current financial position of  

the Group;

Market position

▪  Detailed cash flow and working 

capital projections; and

▪  Stress-testing of liquidity, 

profitability and regulatory capital, 
taking account of possible adverse 
changes in trading performance, 
including the impact of COVID-19.

When making this assessment, the 
board has taken into consideration 
both the Group’s current performance 
and the future outlook, including the 
impact of the COVID-19 pandemic. 
Market volatility and uncertainty is 
expected to continue for some time, 
due to the pandemic and the effect of 
measures taken to combat it, but the 
Group’s fundamentals remain strong.

Having conducted detailed cash flow 
and working capital projections,  
and appropriate stress-testing on 

Market position can be assessed as 
follows: independent research 
consistently rates Transact as the top 
platform in the market (page 24); 
the number of advisers using the 
platform increased by 6% during the 
year; the number of clients on the 
platform increased by 7%; and, our 
Net Promoter Score remained the 
highest score for an advised platform. 

The above measures all demonstrate 
adviser and client satisfaction with 
the service provided.

Recurring revenue

The absolute level of revenue is 
dependent on market values, but key 
to the recurrence is the retention of 
FUD which is achieved through 
retaining client and advisers through 
our service delivery. 97% of revenue 
is of recurring nature (page 29).

48    INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020

The directors’ assessment has  
been made with consideration and 
reference to: the Group’s current 
position and three year business 
plan; the Group’s risk appetite;  
the Group’s financial projections; 
and, the Group’s principal risks and 
uncertainties, including uncertainty 
caused by the COVID-19 pandemic 
and geopolitical uncertainty,  
as detailed in the strategic report.

In accordance with the Code,  
the directors have assessed the 
Group’s prospects by reference to  
the three-year planning period to 
September 2023. The directors have 
a reasonable expectation that the 
Group will continue to meet its 
liabilities as they fall due, and that it 
will be able to operate within the 
regulatory capital limits imposed by 
the regulators over the period of this 
assessment and beyond.

By order of the board,

Helen Wakeford 
Company Secretary

16 December 2020

markets due to an extended period of 
pandemic, combined with the end of 
the transitional period with the EU. 

Decline in investment adviser 
numbers – considers: prolonged 
economic downturn, with a reduced 
investor propensity for savings, which 
dramatically impacts the investor/
independent adviser model; and, the 
impact of vertically integrated firms 
increasing acquisition activity.

Combined scenario – considers the 
impact of the combination of internal 
cyber-attack and loss of investor 
confidence scenarios.

The results of the above stress and 
scenario tests led to the following 
conclusions:

▪  Under a range of stressed scenarios 
no expected profit or liquidity issues 
are expected to arise in the Group 
over the three year business 
planning period and beyond;

▪  Each of the regulated entities has 
sufficient available capital to cover 
its regulatory solvency requirements, 
and this is expected to continue 
over the three year business 
planning period and beyond; and

▪  Under a range of stressed scenarios 
the entities are still able to meet their 
capital and liquidity requirements 
over the three year business 
planning period and beyond.

We are targeting organic revenue 
growth, with moderate margin 
improvements that are driven by 
efficiency delivered from process and 
system enhancement.

Assessment period and measures

It is the board’s view that a three 
year time horizon is an appropriate 
period over which to assess its viability 
and prospects, and to execute its 
business plan. This assessment 
period is consistent with the Group’s 
current business plan projections  
and the Internal Capital Adequacy 
Assessment Process (ICAAP) and 
Own Risk and Solvency Assessments 
(ORSA) of the Group’s regulated 
entities. Consideration is also given 
to projections beyond this period, 
though this does not form part of the 
formal assessment.

The strategy and business plan is 
approved annually by the board and 
updated as appropriate. It considers 
the Group’s profitability, cash flows, 
capital requirements, dividend 
payments, and other key variables 
such as liquidity and the solvency 
requirements of the regulated entities. 
These are considered under stress and 
scenario tests, to ensure the business 
has sufficient flexibility to withstand 
such impacts by adjusting its plans 
within the normal course of business. 

The stress and scenario tests applied 
are severe, yet plausible, and both 
individual and combined. The key 
scenarios are as follows:

Internal cyber-attack – considers 
the impact of a contractor or 
employee using their access to the 
site to steal personal/sensitive data. 

System failure – considers the 
damage caused by insufficient 
controls within the bespoke operating 
system, “the platform”.

Loss of investor confidence
 – 
considers the impact on investor 
confidence in capital and investment 

INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020    49

 
STRATEGIC REPORT  continued

With the above in mind, we have 
taken steps to ensure staff are fully 
supported and have resources they 
can call upon, should they need 
additional help. We have accessible, 
fully trained mental health first aiders 
in our Human Resources Department, 
we have promoted the Employee 
Assistance Programme and the 
Executive has given staff frequent 
updates and assurance on the future 
shape of working safely, as far as  
we are able, and bearing in mind 
government guidelines. We have  
also conducted a staff survey, in order 
to understand how our people feel 
about a future return to an office 
environment and this will be considered 
when we take steps to transition back 
to the office.

We have invested in staff engagement 
and contact through technology, 
which has facilitated the ability to 
stay in touch with fellow team 
members, face to face, through 
frequent virtual meetings, as well as 
the usual telephone calls. We have 
also launched a more informal, 
magazine style bulletin for all staff, 
called the “Transact Together Hub”, 
which has reported some of the more 
lighthearted aspects of Transact 
culture and its translation to a home 
environment. 

We are proud to say that the firm’s 
culture is thriving, despite challenging 
circumstances for all.

We believe the culture that is 
promoted from the board down is one 
that helps instil staff engagement. 
This is due to an open culture and a 
relatively flat structure, which ensures 
all employees are able to share  
ideas and suggestions for improving 
the offering.

We encourage staff to maintain open 
dialogue with direct management, 
not just concerning work issues, but 
other issues that may impact their 
day at work. Our Human Resource 
business partners also provide 
support for staff when they need 
extra assistance and, in addition, 
there is an Employee Assistance 
Programme that staff can use if they 
wish to speak to an independent 
party, in confidence, about any  
issues that may be impacting them.

The Group aims for a collegiate, 
industrious and sociable work 
environment, and this is supplemented 
by various social and charity events.

Human rights are respected by 
management and all staff and other 
stakeholders are treated equitably.

Staff welfare during the 
COVID-19 pandemic

From late March onwards, the COVID-19 
pandemic resulted in all staff working 
from our London, Isle of Man and 
Melbourne offices moving to working 
remotely. The agility, hard work and 
determination of our people to 
ensure operations continued 
seamlessly, from a myriad locations, 
has been hugely impressive and we 
are indebted to staff. 

We are, however, cognisant of the toll 
on staff as they deal with concern for 
their family’s and their own health 
and wellbeing, adapt to the change in 
working environment, and process 
daily media reporting on the pandemic, 
vaccination and the long term impact 
on the global economy.

CORPORATE SOCIAL 
RESPONSIBILITY

We are wholly committed to acting 
ethically and with integrity and 
transparency in all business dealings 
and in all our employment practices. 
These are core principles by which  
all entities within the Group abide. 

The Group demonstrates its social 
responsibilities primarily through 
Group companies that operate 
ethically and deliver commercial 
benefits to the four groups of 
stakeholders: clients, staff, suppliers 
and shareholders. We also acknowledge 
our responsibilities more widely in 
relation to effects on environmental 
and social wellbeing.

Our people and our culture

One of our main assets is the staff 
we employ and we aim to ensure all 
staff are respected, motivated and 
safeguarded whilst at work. This is 
achieved through a corporate culture 
of which we are proud, one of: 

▪  aiming for as little hierarchy as 

possible, through a relatively flat 
organisational structure;

▪  emboldening staff to voice opinions 

and ideas;

▪  encouraging all staff to develop and 

progress, be it through internal training, 
or professional qualifications; and

▪  considering any additional 

requirements staff may have, or 
additional support they may need.

50    INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020

Diversity

We recognise that diversity is not 
restricted to gender and, as reflected 
in the Nomination Committee report 
on page 73, the board acknowledges 
that we have not met the targets  
set out in the Hampton Alexander  
or the Parker review on diversity  
and is proactively reviewing the 
subsidiary boards.

Gender pay gap

Across the Group we employed 487 
staff and six NEDs are officers of the 
Company. The breakdown by gender 
as at September 2020 was as follows:

Board Directors1

Senior Managers

Direct Reports

All Staff

Total

Male
 %

80

33

61

68

67

Female
%

20

67

41

32

33

2

4

12

143

161

8

2

19

304

333

1  Michael Howard, an Executive Director, is included in the gender pay reporting figures 

as he is an officer of the Company. He is not however an employee and the total 

employee count is 487.

In 2020 the Company has changed 
the basis of reporting. The Code 
provides for the gender and diversity 
of senior management to be reported 
either by reference to the Company’s 
executive committee, or by reference 
to the layer below the board, 
including the Company Secretary.  
In prior years the Company has 
reported Senior Management in 
accordance with the definition used  
in the prospectus, however we have 
changed this basis in 2020 to better 
reflect the management structure of 
the Group and have moved to reporting 
the layer below the board, including 
the Company Secretary, in accordance 
with the definition in the Code.

IntegraFin Services Ltd, the 
Company’s services provision 
subsidiary, published its gender pay 
gap report in April 2020. The report 
can be found on our website, at  
www.integrafin.co.uk/ 
legal-and-regulatory-information

Our reported mean gender pay gap 
rose slightly to 13%, and still compares 
favourably with results reported by 
others in the sector in which we 
operate and the national average.

INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020    51

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
STRATEGIC REPORT  continued

Equality and inclusion

Payment practices

Modern slavery

We believe in equality. We treat all 
stakeholders fairly and with respect. 
The Group remains committed to 
continuous improvement by ensuring 
that: recruitment is not discriminatory, 
we employ the best person for the 
role; all staff are treated equitably;  
all staff have equal opportunities to work 
flexibly, regardless of seniority or role; 
and, all staff are remunerated fairly 
and in line with the role they perform. 

We endeavour to pay all suppliers 
within agreed payment terms.  
We do not seek to disadvantage,  
or compromise, suppliers with whom 
we conduct business, in line with  
one of our core principles of ethical 
behaviour. In financial year 2020,  
the Group paid suppliers, on average, 
within 14 days (2019: 15 days) and 
the Group paid 90% (2019: 92%) of 
suppliers within 30 days.

Our policy regarding the employment, 
training, career development and 
promotion of disabled employees,  
and employees who became disabled 
whilst in employment, is to make 
reasonable adjustments as necessary 
in order that they can embrace 
opportunities in the Group.

Anti-bribery and anti-corruption

The Group strives to maintain high 
standards of governance, personal 
and corporate ethics, compliance with 
laws and regulations and values 
integrity, fairness and honesty when 
dealing with employees, clients, 
financial advisers and suppliers. The 
Group has a zero tolerance for bribery 
and corruption and takes all 
reasonable steps to ensure its staff 
and Third Parties understand what is 
and what is not permitted and act 
with integrity at all times. The Group 
has implemented an Anti-Bribery and 
Corruption policy and has put 
appropriate contractual and other 
controls in place to manage all forms 
of bribery and corruption risk.

We do not tolerate modern slavery, 
servitude, human trafficking or forced 
labour. The Group’s modern slavery 
statement is found at:  
www.integrafin.co.uk/ 
modern-slavery/

Environmental impact

We recognise the importance of 
managing and minimizing the Group’s 
environmental impact as much as 
reasonably possible, and we became 
Energy Savings Opportunities Scheme 
(ESOS) Phase 2 certified in 2019.

Financial year 2020 is a year in which 
the Group’s key processes and work 
streams were modified to accommodate 
staff working from home for six months 
of the financial year. This led to agile 
development of processes that did  
not require paper and could rely on 
electronic signatures. This is a positive 
development for the Group and 
initiatives to further implement a 
paperless working environment will  
be actively sought going forward. 
Over the course of the year we saved 
157 trees (FY19: 287) through recycling 
confidential waste, obviously with 
remote working there has been a 
significant reduction in paper 
consumption; we recycled 41% of 
total waste (FY19: 51%); and, 
maintained environmental initiatives 
previously introduced, such as a 
green energy supplier and chemical 
free cleaning systems.

52    INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020

Streamlined Energy and  
Carbon Reporting

The Group has adopted the reporting 
requirements of the Streamlined Energy 
and Carbon Reporting (SECR) policy 
as implemented by the government, 
and with effect for financial years 
commencing after 1 April 2019.  
It is, therefore, the Group’s first year 
reporting under the SECR regime.

Our emissions data for financial year 
2020 and 2019 is presented below. 
We have calculated the emissions in 
line with the Greenhouse Gas Protocol 
Corporate standard. 

Emissions tables

For the financial year ended  
30 September 2020

Scope 1

Printer emissions

Scope 1

Purchase of gas

Scope 1

Purchase of electricity

Scope 3

Business flights

Scope 3

Vehicle usage

UK

6

212

189

5

44

CO2 Tonnes

Aus

IoM

Total

-

24

72

11

0

-

2

3

1

0

7

6

238

264

17

44

570

Total

456

107

Emissions Intensity Ratio  
(CO2 tonnes per member of staff)

1.1

1.3

0.9

1.2

Energy consumption in the UK 
('000 kWh)

1,469.1

For the financial year ended  
30 September 2019

Scope 1

Printer emissions

Scope 1

Purchase of gas

Scope 1

Purchase of electricity

Scope 3

Business flights

Scope 3

Vehicle usage

Total

CO2 Tonnes

Aus

IoM

Total

-

-

-

-

-

0

-

3

3

3

0

9

10

219

254

84

95

662

UK

10

216

251

80

95

653

Emissions Intensity Ratio  
(CO2 tonnes per member of staff)

1.6

0.0

1.4

1.6

Energy consumption in the UK 
('000 kWh)

1,712.5

INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020    53

 
 
STRATEGIC REPORT  continued

Waste

Not recycled

Recycled

Total

CO2 Tonnes

2020

2019

7

4

11

16

18

34

We believe number of staff is an 
appropriate business specific metric 
for calculating the Emissions Intensity 
Ratio, as it is the main driver of our 
energy consumption and, therefore, 
emissions.

We generate Scope 1 emissions 
directly through purchasing electricity 
and gas and general waste from running 
the premises in London, Melbourne 
and Douglas in the Isle of Man. Scope 3 
emissions are generated through 
business flights and driving for work.

We have restated the financial year 
2019 emissions comparative as the 
numbers had been incorrectly totalled 
in the Annual Report.

It should be noted that the largest  
fall in emissions is due to the 
reduction in business travel, due to 
staff working from home during the 
COVID-19 pandemic.

The general waste statistics are 
included above and the sharp fall, 
year on year, is due to six months of 
the reporting year being worked from 
home. In the previous year we 
recycled more waste than not, and it 
is expected that in financial year 2020 
this trend would have continued. This 
is due to all confidential waste being 
recycled and numerous recycling bins 
placed on office floors in order that 
food and drink packaging can be 
collected and recycled.

The Group has not made progress in 
formulating a plan to reduce emissions, 
due to the focus on maintaining business 
as usual from home. However, the 
Group is aware of its duty to reduce 
its impact on the environment and will 
renew efforts in financial year 2021, 
with the goal of reducing its carbon 
footprint where it realistically can.

54    INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020

Community

A variety of events is organised  
each year to raise money for, and 
awareness of, a number of charities 
chosen from staff suggestions,  
to which staff donate voluntarily.

Non-financial information 
statement

The Corporate Social Responsibility 
report includes information in 
accordance with sections 414 CA and 
CB of the Companies Act 2006.

Political donations

The Group does not make political 
donations.

Tax strategy

We manage our tax affairs to the 
same high ethical, legal and professional 
standards as the delivery of our 
services to clients. In summary,  
our tax strategy is to comply fully 
with all statutory obligations, make 
full disclosure to tax authorities in all 
appropriate jurisdictions, and to pay 
all tax when it is due. The full tax 
strategy document is available at:  
www.integrafin.co.uk/ 
group-tax-strategy/

We pay all tax as it falls due and 
make full disclosure to all relevant tax 
authorities. The UK corporation tax 
and employer’s national insurance 
payable in respect of the year ended 
30 September 2020 was £12.5 million 
(2019: £11.8 million). In addition 
other taxes such as VAT and business 
rates were paid.

INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020    55

STRATEGIC REPORT  continued

COMPANIES ACT SECTION 172

The directors have a duty, under 
Section 172 of the Companies Act,  
to act in a way and in good faith,  
to promote the success of the Company 
for the benefit of its members as  
a whole. 

The table below sets out the different 
matters that the directors must have 
regard to and how they have fulfilled 
their duties during the financial year.

The board considers the key stakeholders 
to be our clients, our shareholders, 
our staff and our suppliers. These 
groups are considered key as they are 
fundamental to the continuing success 
of the Group.

Consideration

What the directors have done

Long term 
consequences of 
decisions

IHP Group’s primary strategic objective is stated in the Strategic Objectives section on page 12. 
How this strategy has been delivered during the financial year and the forward looking risks to 
being able to deliver it in future are set out. The directors make strategic decisions on future 
direction, investment and stakeholder value, based on the clear, sustainable, long term Group 
objective of delivering financial services infrastructure and associated services to UK advisers and 
mutual clients.

By successfully achieving strategic objectives, which results in the ongoing and increased success 
of the offering, the directors are able to take decisions which share the Group’s success with the 
key stakeholders. 

Key decisions taken by the directors in financial year 2020 include, but are not limited to:

▪  the responsible pricing strategy, which benefits our clients;

▪  the ability to maintain the dividend policy, which benefits out shareholders;

▪  resourcing the company with sufficient, appropriately skilled and expert employees to deliver the 

strategy of being the best platform; and

▪  the approach of treating our suppliers fairly by always striving to pay them within payment 

terms, and often more quickly, as detailed in the Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) report on 
page 50.

Decisions taken by the board in financial year 2020 include:

▪  the decision not to use any of the Government financial support schemes during the COVID-19 

pandemic, as the Group does not require financial assistance and all staff have been fully 
employed throughout the pandemic;

▪  the decision to award all those employees the annual discretionary bonus, especially when they 
have continued to deliver outstanding customer service from home, due to the pandemic; and

▪  the decision to approve the interim dividend, paid in June 2020 and relating to the first half of 

financial year 2020, as the Group’s financial performance was strong.

56    INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020

Consideration

What the directors have done

The interests of 
the Group’s 
employees

The directors value our people and the Directors’ Remuneration Report on page 76, sets out the 
Group’s approach to remuneration, which is intended to ensure equitable remuneration across the 
Group and which improves value for employees. The Corporate Social Responsibility disclosure on 
page 50 also outlines the value directors place on staff welfare and the culture of the Group.

A critical contributor to the success of the Group is the high standard of client service delivered, 
collectively, by our staff. The directors recognise and value the contribution made by staff and this 
is evidenced by resourcing the business at a level that ensures employees are able to deliver the 
Group’s objective of high touch customer service with expert technical back office support, and by  
offering a basic salary and benefits package which attracts the right calibre of employee, 
supplemented with a  cash bonus scheme and initiatives such as the board decision to implement 
an all staff Share Incentive Plan, to enable staff to directly share in the success of the Group.

Staff engagement is important to the directors. Staff surveys are undertaken in order to gain 
direct feedback on some of the issues affecting staff. For example in financial year 2020, all staff 
were asked for their feedback on a number of key topics regarding their experience of working 
from home during the pandemic and if anything feasible could be done to assist them.

Fostering 
business 
relationships

The Group does not tolerate unethical behaviour, as stated on page 50 of the Corporate Social 
Responsibility section. It ensures suppliers are paid within payment terms and does not seek to 
disadvantage or compromise suppliers with whom we do business.

An integral part of the service offering is the provision of regular relationship management to 
advisers as they are the platform’s target market.

This is achieved through regular market updates, dedicated adviser firm centric customer service 
teams, named contacts and personal support through our regionally based business development 
managers and adviser support managers.

The impact of 
operations on 
the community 
and environment

The Corporate Social Responsibility report on pages 50 to 55 sets out the impact of operations on 
the environment.

The directors recognise that we have a responsibility to minimise the impact of the Group’s 
business conduct on the environment and community.

Due to the focus in the second half of financial year 2020 shifting to ensuring the business was 
conducted from home to the same high standards as when staff are in the office, consideration of 
improving our impact on the community and environment took a back seat. However, there will 
be renewed focus in the coming financial year and beyond. It is recognised that taking meaningful 
decisions to reduce impact in both areas will take time to formulate. The board is, however, 
committed to doing so.

Maintaining a 
reputation for 
high standards 
of business 
conduct

The business model and strategic objectives of the Group are set out on pages 8 to 15 and make 
clear the focus of the business on delivering impeccable service to clients and their advisers 
through investment in infrastructure and staff. The directors recognise that the service is only as 
good as the technology and people behind it and that the Group’s reputation is built on high 
standards of business conduct which must be maintained in order for the business to thrive and 
grow. The directors also recognise that as the business is regulated by three separate regulators, 
as detailed on page 122, then maintaining strong, open and productive relationships with the 
respective regulators is also business critical.

Acting fairly 
between members 
of the Group

All shareholders are treated equally, with all information being made available to all shareholders 
in a consistent manner.

INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020    57

The directors believe that the 
Strategic Report on pages 4 to 58 
meets all relevant statutory objectives 
and requirements.

By order of the board,

Helen Wakeford 
Company Secretary

16 December 2020

APPROVAL OF THE 
STRATEGIC REPORT

A statutory requirement of the  
Annual Report is that the directors 
produce a Strategic Report.

Section 172 of the Companies Act 
states that the purpose of the report 
is to inform members of the Company 
and help them assess how the 
directors have performed their duty. 
To fulfil this, directors must act in a 
way they consider, in good faith, 
would be most likely to “promote the 
success of the company for the 
benefit of its members as a whole”.

The Strategic Report should provide 
shareholders with a comprehensive 
and balanced overview of the Group’s 
business model, strategy, development, 
performance, position and future 
prospects. The Strategic Report should 
be clear, concise and unambiguous, 
and should demonstrate how the 
Company has considered the interest 
of employees, and the impact of the 
Company’s operations on the 
community and environment. 

58    INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020

 
GOVERNANCE

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Richard Cranfield

Alexander Scott

Jonathan Gunby

Non-Executive Chair 

Chief Executive Officer (CEO)

Executive Director

Appointed to the board:  
26 June 2019

Experience includes:

▪  Henderson High Income Trust Plc 

– Director since March 2020

▪  Allen & Overy LLP – Partner 1985 to 

present

Committees: 

Nomination Committee (Chair), 
Remuneration Committee.

Appointed to the board:  
11 February 2014

Appointed to the board:  
2 March 2020

Joined the Group in 2011 as Chief 
Development Officer and became 
an Executive Director in March 2020.

Experience includes:

▪  NMG Holdings – Executive Director 

1999 – 2011.

Joined the Group as Actuary and 
Head of Group Technical Operations 
in October 2009. From November 
2010 he was Chief Financial Officer 
and Head of Risk, becoming a 
director in July 2011. Alexander 
became Chief Executive Officer in 
March 2020. 

Experience includes:

▪  Sterling Insurance Group – Life Director 

and Chief Actuary 2004-2009

▪  Criterion Assurance Group –  

Non-Executive Director 2003-2010, 

Group Director 2002-2003,  

Director 1999-2002,  

Actuary 1997-1999

Committees:

Nomination Committee.

INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020    59

GOVERNANCE  continued

Michael Howard

Ian Taylor

Caroline Banszky

Executive Director

Executive Director 

Appointed to the board:  
11 February 2014

Appointed to the board:  
24 January 2014

Executive Director and General 
Manager until April 2002 when he 
became Chief Executive Officer, 
until he stepped down from the 
position in March 2020. 

Experience includes:

▪  AIB Govett Asset Management –  

Marketing Director 1992-1999

▪  Royal Life Fund Management – 

Marketing Development Manager 
1990-1992 

Co-founded the Group in 1999, 
Executive Chair of the Group from 
2001 until stepping down in 
October 2017 and becoming an 
Executive Director. Founded 
ObjectMastery in Australia in April 
1992 which developed the software 
underpinning Transact.

Experience includes:

▪  Norwich Union Life Insurance – 

responsible for marketing and 

administration of investment funds 

including the launch of the platform 

Navigator in 1990

▪  Touche Ross – Audit division in 

Melbourne office 1984-1986, in London 

office 1980-1984.

Independent  
Non-Executive Director

Appointed to the board:  
22 August 2018

Experience includes:

▪  3i Group plc - Chair of Audit & 

Compliance Committee 2014 to present

▪  Gore Street Energy Storage Fund plc 

– Chair of Audit Committee 2017 to 

present

▪  The Open University – Member of the 

Investment Committee 2016 to present

▪  The Law Debenture Corporation plc 

- Chief Executive 2002-2016

▪  SVB Holdings PLC (now Novae Group 

plc) – COO 1997-2002

▪  N M Rothschild & Sons Limited 

– Finance Director 1995-1997

Committees: 

Audit and Risk Committee (Chair).

60    INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020

Victoria Cochrane

Neil Holden

Robert Lister

Senior Independent  
Non-Executive Director

Appointed to the board:  
28 September 2018

Independent  
Non-Executive Director

Appointed to the board:  
11 February 2014

Independent  
Non-Executive Director

Appointed to the Board:  
26 June 2019

Experience includes:

Experience includes:

Experience includes:

▪  Euroclear Bank SA/NV –  

▪  Stanbic International Insurance Limited 

▪  Credit Suisse Asset Management (UK) 

Non-Executive Director 2016 to present

– Non-Executive Director 2003 to present

Limited – Non-Executive Director  

▪  Perpetual Income and Growth 

▪  Saffron Building Society –  

2012 to present

Investment Trust plc –  

Non-Executive Director 2014 to present

▪  Investec Wealth and Investment 

Non-Executive Director 2015-2020

▪  Albaco Limited –  

Limited – Non-Executive Director  

▪  HM Courts and Tribunal Service –  

Non-Executive Director 2018 to present

2010 to present

Non-Executive Director 2014 to present

▪  Sberbank CIB (UK) Limited –  

▪  Aberdeen Smaller Companies Income 

▪  Bowater Industries Ltd –  

Senior Adviser 2014-2017

Non-Executive Director 2018 to present

Trust PLC – Director 2012 to present

▪  Calmindon Limited – Director 2010-2017

▪  The Salvation Army International 

▪  Gloucester Insurance Ltd –  

▪  Bank of London and The Middle East Plc 

Trustee Company – Director 2016  

Non-Executive Director 2008-2013

– Non-Executive Director 2006-2018

to present

▪  Ernst & Young (Global) – Global 

▪  Quadrant Risk Management 

▪  Rensburg Sheppards PLC – Director 

Executive Board Member 2008-2013

International Limited –  

– 2008-2010

▪  Ernst & Young (NEMIA and UK) 

Non-Executive Director 2006-2009

▪  Dresdner Kleinwort Wasserstein 

– Executive Board Member 2006-2008

▪  Standard Bank Group and Standard 

–1998-2008

Committees: 

Audit and Risk Committee, 
Nomination Committee.

Bank Plc – Consultant 2006-2008, 

▪  Barclays de Zoete Wedd – 1983-1998

Managing director in Corporate and 

Investment Banking Financial Risk 

1999-2006

Committees: 

▪  WestLB – Director and Head of Risk 

Audit and Risk Committee.

Management Support & Control 

1996-1998.

Committees: 

Audit and Risk Committee, 
Remuneration Committee.

INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020    61

GOVERNANCE  continued

Christopher Munro

Independent Non-Executive 
Director

Appointed to the board:  
1 February 2017.

Experience includes:

▪  London and Continental Partners LLP 

– Founding Partner 2016

▪  Pembroke Square Freeholders 

Association Limited – Director 2013 

to present

▪  Pacific Capital Partners – Director 

2004 to present

▪  Beckwith Asset Management 

– Director 1994-2016 

▪  Jupiter Enhanced Income Trust 

– Director 1996-2009

▪  River & Mercantile Investment 

Management – CEO 1994-1996

▪  Robert Fleming Holdings Limited 

- Director 1988-1994 

▪  Jardine Fleming Holdings – Director 

1983-1986.

Committees: 

Remuneration Committee (Chair), 
Nomination Committee.

Jonathan Gunby was appointed as an 
executive director on 2 March 2020.

All other directors were in office 
throughout the financial year up to 
the date of the report.

62    INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 
REPORT

Introduction

On behalf of the board, I am pleased 
to present the report setting out the 
Group’s corporate governance 
arrangements which reflect the 
standards of practice required by the 
2018 UK Corporate Governance Code 
(the Code) in relation to the 
management of the Group. 

IHP Group’s purpose is the successful 
delivery of financial services 
infrastructure and associated services 
to UK advisers and our mutual clients. 
To achieve this we have a number of 
strategic objectives set out on pages 
12 to 15 and these are supported by 
the corporate culture set out in the 
Corporate Social Responsibility report 
on page 50.

We have adopted the new 2018 Code, 
which has applied to the Company  
since 1 October 2019. IHP has abided 
by the overriding principles which are 
designed to:

▪  Promote long term sustainable 

success of the Company, business 
effectiveness, efficiency, responsibility 
and accountability. Further details 
relating to this are set out in the long 
term consequences of decisions 
section in the Companies Act Section 
172 statement, on page 56;

▪  Provide suitable opportunity for 
employee engagement in the 
business. Further details relating to 
this are set out in the interests of the 
Group’s employees section in the 
Companies Act Section 172 
statement, on page 57;

▪  Assist the effective review and 

monitoring of the Group’s activities;

▪  Help identify and mitigate significant 

risks to the Group; and

▪  Provide the necessary disclosures to 
stakeholders to make a meaningful 
analysis of the Group’s business 
activities and its financial position.

Statement of compliance

The Code sets out the principles and 
provisions relating to good governance 
of UK listed companies and can be 
found on the Financial Reporting 
Council (FRC)’s website at  
www.frc.org.uk

The following report sets out  
how the Company has complied  
with the provisions of the Code,  
and an explanation of any areas of 
noncompliance.

The areas of noncompliance comprise 
the following:

▪  The non-executive directors did not 

undertake an evaluation of the Chair 
of the board. Further explanation is 
set out in the board effectiveness 
review below;

▪  The Company’s remuneration structure 
does not mandate post-employment 
shareholding and the Company’s 
remuneration policy for all staff, 
including executive directors, permits 
employees to contribute a portion  
of cash bonus into their pension.  
None of the executive directors take 
advantage of this provision.

▪  The Company does not have a work 

force council, an employee 
representative on the board and has 
not designated responsibility for 
employee engagement to a non- 

executive director. The Company 
believes that it has implemented 
sufficient and appropriate measures 
for employee engagement without 
adopting one of these measures. 
Further information is available in 
the Directors’ Report on page 101.

The Company did not evaluate the 
Chair of the board because an 
external evaluation of the board was 
undertaken. The board will undertake 
an evaluation of the Chair in 2021.

The Company does not intend to 
amend its approach to mandate 
post-employment shareholdings at 
this time.

The Company does not intend to 
change the policy on pension sacrifice 
at this time.

The Directors’ Remuneration Policy is 
be subject to review in 2021.

Detailed reporting on remuneration, 
and the composition of the 
Remuneration Committee, can be 
found in the Directors’ Remuneration 
Report on page 76.

With the exception of the areas  
of noncompliance set out above,  
the Company has complied with  
the principles and the provisions  
of the Code.

INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020    63

 
 
 
GOVERNANCE  continued

Board composition

The Company has four executive 
directors and six independent 
non-executive directors (including  
the Chair) and therefore complies  
with the Code in respect of board 
composition.

Board and committee meetings 
and attendance

The board met eight times,  
in accordance with its terms of 
reference. Eligibility to attend,  
and attendance, by each member of 
the board as at 30 September 2020  
is set out below.

Board Meetings

Audit and Risk 
Committee

Nomination 
Committee

Remuneration 
Committee

Eligible

Attended

Eligible

Attended

Eligible

Attended

Eligible

Attended

Caroline Banszky

Victoria Cochrane 

Richard Cranfield

Neil Holden

Michael Howard

Robert Lister

Christopher Munro

Alexander Scott

Ian Taylor

Jonathan Gunby

1 Chair

6

6

6

6

6

6

6

6

6

4

6

6

6

6

4

6

6

6

6

4

6

6

-

6

-

6

-

-

-

-

6

6

-

6

-

6

-

-

-

-

-

2

2

-

-

-

2

1

1

-

-

2

2

-

-

-

2

1

1

-

-

-

3

4

-

-

4

-

-

-

-

-

3

4

-

-

4

-

-

-

2 Mr Gunby joined the board on 2 March 2020

3 Mr Cranfield joined the Remuneration Committee on 17 December 2019

4  Mr Howard was unable to attend the February board meeting relating to the preparation for the AGM, due to the 

timing of board meeting and his residence in Australia. He was not able to attend the June board for personal reasons.

64    INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020

The role of the board

Board leadership

The board is responsible for leading 
and controlling the Company and has 
overall authority for the management 
and conduct of the Group’s business, 
strategy and development. The board 
is also responsible for ensuring the 
maintenance of a sound system of 
internal controls and risk management 
(including financial, operational and 
compliance controls) and for reviewing 
the overall effectiveness of systems 
in place as well as for the approval of 
any changes to the capital, corporate 
and/or management structure of  
the Group.

The board promotes the long term 
success of the Company and the Group 
and ensures effective operational 
management and strategic development 
of the proposition, having due  
regard to all stakeholders including 
safeguarding of its clients’ interests. 
To achieve these goals the board:

▪  Ensures the Company acts within 

the articles of association;

▪  Ensures that the Company and the 

Group implements good management 
policies and practices to ensure that 
the Company and the Group are 
managed in an accountable, 
efficient and effective manner;

▪  Considers and scrutinises advice 

and reports from the executive and, 
where appropriate to the Company 
and Group, matters escalated by 
the Committees;

▪  Reviews and approves the Annual 
Report and financial statements, 
half-yearly reports and quarterly 
financials for the Company on a 
stand-alone basis and on a 
consolidated basis in relation to  
the Group;

▪  Ensures the Company and the 

▪  Considers recommendations from 
the Nomination Committee and 
approves appointments to the board;

▪  Approves the remuneration 

arrangements for non-executive 
directors; and

▪  Approves the appointment of any 

providers of outsourced services to 
the Company or Group and considers 
reviews of their performance.

Relations with shareholders

The board maintains close 
relationships with the Company’s 
institutional shareholders through 
periodic meetings with the executive 
directors. Board members receive 
copies of analysts’ and brokers’ 
reports on the Company along with a 
quarterly Investor Analytics report 
which details the top shareholders, 
shareholder history, top buyers and 
sellers, market analysis and share 
price performance to aid familiarity 
with details of shareholdings.

The Chair and CEO hosted shareholder 
roadshows at which the Company’s 
half year and annual results were 
presented to institutional investors 
invited by the Company’s brokers.

The Company secretarial and investor 
relations functions engage with private 
shareholders, providing support and 
information as required, whilst the 
Company’s registrar provides a range 
of shareholder services.

The Chair, senior independent 
non-executive director and other 
non-executive directors are available 
for consultation with shareholders 
upon request and will attend and be 
available for questions at and after 
the Annual General Meeting (AGM), 
further details of which will be sent 
out in the Notice of AGM. 

Independence

Group as a whole remains compliant  
with all applicable statutory 
standards, rules and guidelines;

The Code recommends that at least 
of half the board of directors of a UK 
listed company, excluding the chair, 

should comprise non-executive 
directors determined by the board to 
be independent in character and 
judgement and free from relationships 
or circumstances which may affect, or 
could appear to affect, this judgement.

Taking into account the provisions of 
the Code, the board has considered 
the independence of each of the 
non-executive directors and has 
determined that all are “independent 
non-executive directors” within the 
meaning of the Code. 

Neil Holden was appointed to the 
board of Integrated Financial 
Arrangements Limited (IFAL) in 2011. 
IFAL is the Group’s main operating 
company and was the Group’s parent 
company until the incorporation of 
IHP in 2014. As a result, Neil Holden 
has been appointed to the board of 
the Group’s ultimate parent company 
for a total period of ten years. In the 
light of this, and when repeating the 
review of Neil’s independence, the 
board once again gave particular 
consideration to whether his long 
standing relationship with the 
executive directors had in any way 
impacted upon his independence and 
his ability to constructively challenge 
the executive through questions, 
insist on high quality responses and 
remain aligned with the interests of 
shareholders. The board found that 
Neil continued to exhibit a robust 
approach and maintained an objective 
and independent viewpoint. The board 
concluded that Neil Holden should 
remain as an independent director 
and a valued member of the board.

The Code recommends that a Chair 
should meet the independence 
criteria set out in the Code on 
appointment. The board has 
concluded that the Chair, Richard 
Cranfield, is independent for Code 
purposes. Mr. Cranfield’s other 
commitments are listed in his 
biography and the Company has 
concluded these do not affect his 
ability to undertake the role.  

INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020    65

GOVERNANCE  continued

Committees

There are three Committees of the 
board: Audit and Risk; Nomination; 
and Remuneration. The Audit and 
Risk Committee and the Remuneration 
Committee are wholly non-executive 
committees and the members are all 
independent non-executive directors. 
The Chair of the board is a member 
of, and chairs, the Nomination 
Committee. The other members of the 
Nomination Committee comprise the 
senior independent non-executive 
director, the CEO and one other 
independent non-executive director. 

The membership and terms of 
reference of these board Committees 
are reviewed annually and are 
available on the Company’s website 
(www.integrafin.co.uk) or on 
request from the Company Secretary.

Any significant commitments must  
be disclosed to the board as and 
when they arise for consideration.

Conflicts of interest

The Company’s articles of association 
permit the board to consider and 
authorise situations where a director 
has an actual or potential conflict of 
interest in relation to the Group.  
The Company maintains a conflicts of 
interest register which is reviewed 
annually by the board. In addition, 
prior to each board meeting, the 
directors are asked to declare any 
conflicts they may have with regard 
to the business meeting. Directors 
who declare a conflict of interest may 
be authorised by the rest of the 
board to participate in decision 
making in accordance with section 
175 of the Companies Act 2006. 

The board considers and, if appropriate, 
authorises any conflicts or potential 
conflicts of interests of directors and 
imposes any limitations, qualifications 
or restrictions as required. Additionally, 
when making new appointments,  
the board takes into account other 
demands on directors’ time. 
Significant commitments are 
disclosed with an indication of time 
involved and any additional external 
appointments must be approved in 
advance by the Company. 

The board has reviewed the other 
commitments of the non-executive 
directors and concluded it is satisfied 
that the non-executive directors 
remain able to commit sufficient time 
to the Company’s business.

66    INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020

Matters reserved for the board

The board is the main decision 
making and review body for the 
Company. It determines the overall 
strategic direction of the Company 
and is responsible for the overall 
management of the Company and the 
business operations for its subsidiaries.

The board’s remit is documented in 
its terms of reference which include 
details of matters reserved for the 
board and matters delegated by the 
board. The terms of reference are 
reviewed and updated annually. 
Matters which are reserved for the 
board include strategy and 
management, structure and capital, 
financial reporting and controls, 
internal controls, contracts, 
communication, board membership 
and appointments, remuneration and 
corporate governance matters.  
The board makes decisions as to 
delegating to committees of the 
board and the management team. 
Matters which are delegated to the 
management team include changes 
to the Company’s management 
structure and the approval of 
resolutions and corresponding 
documentation to be put to 
shareholders at general meetings.

Setting the business model  
and strategy

The board retains responsibility for 
the overall management of the 
Company and approval of any 
long-term objectives of the Company. 
A review of performance against the 
Company’s strategy, objectives, 
business plans and budgets is 
considered at each board meeting. 
Maintaining oversight of the Company’s 
operations, ensuring competent and 
prudent management, sound planning, 
an adequate system of control, 
adequate accounting in addition to 
reviewing any significant risks faced 
by the Company and establishing  
and maintaining risk management 

systems in co-ordination with the 
Audit and Risk Committee ensures 
the Company fulfils its business 
objectives. The board also retains 
responsibility for considering the 
balance of interests between 
shareholders, employees,  
customers and the community.

Board effectiveness review – 2020

The board conducts an annual 
evaluation of its own effectiveness 
and that of individual board members. 
FTSE350 companies are required  
by the Code to have an externally 
facilitated board effectiveness 
evaluation at least every three years. 
In 2020 the Company engaged 
Independent Audit to undertake an 
external evaluation of the performance 
of the board. The Independent Audit 
has no connection with the Company 
or its individual directors. The findings 
and any action points were discussed 
in the September board meeting and 
actions agreed. 

The non-executive directors did not 
undertake a review of the Chair 
during the annual evaluation process. 
The purpose of the evaluation is to 
appraise the performance of the 
Chair over the financial year and to 
provide feedback to the Chair with a 
view to continuous improvement and 
this formed part of the report from 
Independent Audit. A separate 
internal evaluation was therefore not 
considered necessary at this time.

Each board member is responsible for 
identifying training appropriate to 
their needs, and the non-executive 
directors maintain individual annual 
training logs. The effectiveness  
of the board and its committees;  
the experience, independence and 
knowledge of the directors; the 
diversity of the board; how the board 
works together; and other factors 
relevant to its effectiveness were  
all considered as part of the  
external evaluation.

Some minor recommendations came 
out of this evaluation and the board 
has agreed an implementation plan.

Election and re-election of 
directors

The Company’s articles of association 
require all existing directors to retire 
from office at each AGM and be 
eligible for re-election. Following the 
announcement of his retirement,  
Ian Taylor will not be standing for 
re-election at the AGM. 

Annual General Meeting

The Company convened a general 
meeting on 30 September to propose 
a change to the articles to enable it 
to hold general meetings, including 
annual general meetings, where 
members may choose to attend either 
in person or electronically (known as 
‘hybrid’ shareholder meetings).  
The Company used the provisions  
of the Corporate Insolvency and 
Governance Act 2020 (the “Act”) to 
hold this general meeting as a closed 
meeting by telephone. Votes were 
cast in advance and the resolution 
was passed with 100% of the votes 
cast being in favour.

The AGM provides shareholders with 
an opportunity to communicate with 
the board both formally during the 
AGM and informally afterwards. 
Notice of the AGM will be sent in 
accordance with the Companies Act 
2006 and made available on our 
dedicated shareholder website 
integrafin.co.uk/ 
shareholder-information  
along with any other relevant 
documentation. 

By order of the board,

Richard Cranfield 
Chair

16 December 2020

INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020    67

GOVERNANCE  continued

AUDIT AND  
RISK COMMITTEE REPORT

Statement from the Chair of the 
Audit and Risk Committee 

I am pleased to present the Audit 
and Risk Committee’s report for 
2020. The report sets out Committee 
governance and the work the 
Committee has undertaken this year.

We meet at least four times each 
year, in line with the Company’s 
governance schedule. We met six 
times during this financial year, with 
all committee members in attendance, 
and maintained focus on the Group’s 
risk management, internal controls 
and accounting procedures, to ensure 
there are continuing, appropriate 
levels of external and internal audit 
and risk assessment to cover all 
material risks and controls, including 
financial, operational and compliance 
processes and procedures. 

There were a number of operational, 
governance and regulatory reporting 
audits undertaken throughout the 
year by the internal audit team and 
we discussed and commented on the 
findings, requesting follow up actions 
where necessary. The audits included: 
a rolling programme of audits of the 
Group’s key critical processes, Group 
Brexit preparation, cyber security 
controls, key regulatory reporting 
processes and outputs and a review 
of the effectiveness and independence 
of the internal audit function.  
The internal audit team also 
conducted regular assessments of 
any changes to business critical 
processes implemented due to all 
staff working from home.

A third party was appointed in order 
to undertake a Group wide penetration 
test of the Group’s IT systems.  
The Committee received a presentation 
from the third party of its findings and 
management’s response, this was in 
addition to the quarterly IT dashboard.

The Committee evaluates and 
challenges the Group’s going concern 
and viability assessment annually and 
this was especially important in a year 
of such global economic uncertainty 
due to the COVID-19 pandemic.  
The viability work performed by the 
Committee is outlined in the table 
setting out the Committee’s work 
throughout the year on page 70.

The IHP CEO, the IFAL CEO, Group 
Chief Financial Controller, Group 
Counsel and the Group Head of 
Internal Audit were routinely invited 
to and attended the majority of 
Committee meetings, although the 
Committee reserves the right to 
request any of these individuals to 
leave the meeting. The Group’s 
external auditor, BDO, also attended 
specific Committee meetings for 
external audit planning and reporting 
purposes. I met privately with the 
Group Chief Financial Controller,  
Head of Internal Audit, external Audit 
Partner and Head of Assurance at 
BDO to discuss issued reports and 
relevant financial reporting and 
regulatory developments.

Caroline Banszky 
Chair, Audit and Risk Committee

16 December 2020 

68    INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020

 
 
Governance 

Committee membership during the year

Name

Date of appointment

Caroline Banszky (Chair) 

22 August 2018

Neil Holden

Victoria Cochrane

Robert Lister

22 August 2018

28 September 2018

04 September 2019

Role of the  
Audit and Risk Committee

Composition of the  
Audit and Risk Committee

All members of the Committee, 
including the Chair, are independent 
non-executive directors. In adherence 
with the Code, both the Audit and 
Risk Committee Chair and Neil Holden 
have recent and relevant financial 
experience, and are also qualified 
accountants. 

On an ongoing basis, membership  
of the Committee is reviewed by  
the Chair of the Committee,  
in collaboration with the Nomination 
Committee, and any recommendations 
for new appointments are made to 
the board. 

The Group also provides initial and 
ongoing training for Committee 
members to support them in carrying 
out their duties effectively.

The purpose of the Committee is  
to provide oversight and advice to 
the IHP board and it has overall 
responsibility for the risk management 
and internal control processes of the 
Group. This aids the board of IHP in 
fulfilling its responsibilities of: 
presenting a fair, balanced and 
understandable assessment of the 
Group’s position and prospects; and, 
establishing financial and operational 
controls and risk management across 
IHP Group. 

The Committee reports its findings to 
the board, identifying any matters in 
respect of which it considers that 
action or improvement is needed, 
and makes recommendations on the 
steps to be taken. 

The role and responsibilities  
of the Audit and Risk Committee are 
set out in its terms of reference,  
which can be found at  
www.integrafin.co.uk/ 
corporate-governance.

INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020    69

 
 
GOVERNANCE  continued

Area of focus

Work conducted

Going concern 
and viability

▪  In their Annual Report the directors are required to make a statement on IHP’s long term 
viability. The Committee provided the board with advice on the form and content of that 
statement. In advance of the year end the Committee reviewed the Group’s proposed stress test 
scenarios and the assumptions underlying them, used to support the Viability statement.

▪  At the year-end, management provided a report to the Committee setting out its view of IHP’s 
long-term viability and the proposed Viability statement based on Group’s three year business 
plan. This report included, at both an individual company and consolidated group level, forecast 
outcomes of the business plan under the stress scenarios agreed with the Committee, detailing 
capital and liquidity performance against an assessment of risk appetite. The report was 
produced on financial data to 30 September 2020 and included consideration of a range of 
COVID-19 outcomes and other stresses undertaken, both individually and combined.

▪  The Committee discussed whether the choice of a three-year period remained appropriate.  

It concluded that this remained appropriate due to the nature of the business. Taking account  
of the assessment of the Group’s stress testing results, the Committee agreed to recommend 
the Viability statement and three-year viability period to the board for approval.

▪  The Committee concluded that the Group has sufficient financial resources and liquidity and is 
well placed to manage business risks in the current economic environment, having considered 
the potential impacts of COVID-19 together with other risks, and can continue operations for the 
foreseeable future.

Risk 
management

▪  Oversaw the risk management framework and reviewed its effectiveness in relation to IHP, and 

how Group companies have implemented the framework.

▪  Reviewed the work undertaken by Risk management to ensure the changes in the working 

processes implemented to successfully move the business from office based to home working did 
not introduce unexpected risks or cause client detriment.

▪  Reviewed and challenged the Risk Reports provided by the Head of Actuarial and Risk for IHP, and 

considered the progress of management action taken in order to address management points 
raised on IHP specific risks.

▪  Assurance was sought from the Chair of the IFAL Risk Committee that management points raised 

have been addressed through appropriate management actions.

▪  Assisted the board in maintaining an appropriate culture within the Group which emphasises and 

demonstrates the benefits of the risk-based management of the Group.

▪  Considered the points escalated from the Group company boards or committees which affect IHP, 

or which may affect the Group as a whole.

70    INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020

Area of focus

Work conducted

Financial 
reporting

▪  Reviewed and challenged the financial reporting undertaken by the Group, with input and support 

from the Group’s external auditor.

▪  Reviewed the Annual Report and financial statements, half-year reports, interim management 

statements and other formal announcements relating to financial performance.

▪  Reviewed and recommended the Annual Report and financial statements and the half-year report 
to the board with an emphasis on ensuring that the report is fair, balanced and understandable.

▪  Considered the consistency of accounting policies and the financial reporting process.

▪  Reviewed the key accounting and financial risks and the steps taken by management to address 
them. Further information on the key financial and non-financial risks can be found on pages 46  
to 47. 

▪  Reviewed the External Auditor report. The report confirmed that the External Auditor found no 

issues with non-compliance with Group accounting policies, and that there has been no material 
change to accounting policies during the financial year.

▪  Considered the disclosures in particular under IFRS 16.

▪  Considered the prior year error and subsequent restatement to reflect critical judgements and 

estimates in respect of the calculation and treatment of the policyholder tax provision.

▪  Considered the prior year error in presentation which has been corrected. This has the effect of 
reflecting items of income, expenses, gains and losses relating to the Group’s insurance and life 
assurance segment on a gross basis, rather than on a net basis. In addition, cash held by the 
Group’s insurance and life assurance segment, for the benefit of policyholders, has been separately 
disclosed in cash and cash equivalents.

Policyholder  
tax provision 
overstatement 
error

Presentation 
restatement

Internal audit 
effectiveness 
and reporting

▪  Received and challenged Internal Audit reports at each committee meeting. The reports detailed 

audits of IHP recently completed, including the co-sourced IT Audit and any control 
recommendations made to management, and management response;

▪  Reviewed all formal internal audit reports escalated by the IFAL Audit Committee, or activities within 

other companies in the Group, which represent a significant risk to the Group as a whole.

▪  Approved the Group Internal Audit Plan, including specific areas of review on matters relating to IHP.

▪  Received updates from the Chair of the IFAL Audit Committee on the management actions in 

response to the findings and recommendations of internal audit reports.

▪  Assurance sought on the adequacy and security of the Group’s arrangements for employees and 
contractors to raise concerns, in confidence, about possible wrongdoing in financial reporting or 
other matters.

▪  Assurance sought that these arrangements allow proportionate and independent investigation of 

such matters and appropriate follow up action.

▪  Received reports on matters relevant to the financial reporting processes including assurances on 

internal controls, processes and fraud risk.

▪  Based on the scale and focus of the work conducted by Internal Audit during the year, and the 

Committee’s annual and ongoing review and ongoing discussion of the audit approach, work and 
findings, the Committee concluded that the Internal Audit function is working effectively and 
independently and that the team is appropriately qualified and staffed.

INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020    71

GOVERNANCE  continued

Area of focus

Work conducted

Effectiveness and 
independence  
of the external 
auditor

▪  Evaluated the External Auditor’s independence, objectivity and compliance with ethical and 

regulatory requirements.

▪  Made recommendations on appointment, reappointment and removal of External Auditors to the 

board to be put to shareholders for approval at the AGM.

▪  Reviewed the External Auditor’s remuneration and whether fees for audit and/or non-audit 

services are appropriate.

▪  There are no contractual or similar obligations restricting the Group’s choice of External Auditor, 

and IHP’s External Auditor, BDO, has confirmed that it remains independent.

▪  A new audit partner (Justin Chait) was interviewed and selected by management and the chair 

of the Committee and rotated onto the financial year 2020 Group audit, due to the former audit 
partner (Neil Fung-On) having served ten years. 

▪  As reported in 2019, BDO has been the Group External Auditor for ten years. The Company had 
intended to put the external audit contract out for tender during 2020, but due to the COVID-19 
pandemic, the Company applied to the FRC for, and was granted, an extension for the financial 
year 2021. The Company will put the external audit contract to tender in the financial year 2021. 

▪  The Committee remains satisfied with the performance and effectiveness of BDO and has 
concluded that BDO continues to display the necessary attributes of independence and 
objectivity. The Company is in compliance with the requirements of The Statutory Audit Services 
for Large Companies Market Investigation (Mandatory Use of Competitive Tender Processes and 
Audit Committee Responsibilities) Order 2014, in the year ended 30 September 2020.

The external auditors did not provide non-audit services, they provided Other Assurance Services 
which were required by regulation, in line with the FRC’s revised 2019 ethical standards. The cost of 
Other Assurance Services are disclosed in note 8. In addition, KPMG provides audit services to the 
Company’s life company subsidiaries, ILUK and ILInt. 

Whistleblowing

▪  The Group encourages employees to raise their concerns within the existing line management 

structure but, recognising that not all concerns can be effectively managed through those channels, 
the Company also provides the means for confidential reporting of concerns by contacting any of 
three nominated internal individuals who will investigate the issues raised. The Company provides 
for employees to make anonymous reports of suspected wrongdoing via a portal.

▪  Neil Holden, as a member of the Audit and Risk Committee, is a key contact in the Whistleblowing 

Policy and fulfils the role of “whistleblower’s champion” under the Senior Managers’ Regime.

▪  The Committee reviewed the Whistleblowing Policy and the framework for reporting, and confirmed 

that they are appropriate to the Group structure and organisation.

Committee self-evaluation

The Audit and Risk Committee did not 
conduct a self-assessment of its own 
effectiveness because the board 
undertook an external evaluation 
which involved a review of the manner 
in which the committee escalated 
matters to the board. The Committee 
has considered the findings of the 
external evaluator and will be agreeing 
any enhancements with the board.

72    INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020

Ian has since announced his intention 
to retire from the board in the  
New Year. We believe that with Alex 
in the role of CEO and Jonathan’s 
appointment, the board is well resourced 
to take the Company forward. 

In all our activities we give due 
consideration to laws and regulations, 
the provisions of the Code, the 
requirements of the UK Listing 
Authority’s Listing, Prospectus and 
Disclosure Guidance and Transparency 
Rules and any other applicable rules,  
as appropriate.

Richard Cranfield 
Chair, Nomination Committee

16 December 2020

NOMINATION COMMITTEE 
REPORT

Statement from the Chair of  
the Nomination Committee

I am pleased to present the 
Nomination Committee’s report  
for 2020. 

The primary purpose of the Committee 
is to develop and maintain a formal, 
rigorous and transparent procedure 
and to lead the process for board  
and Committee appointments and 
reappointments, including making 
recommendations to the board.  
To achieve a balanced board,  
the Committee considers the board’s 
size and composition, the extent  
to which skills, experience and 
attributes are represented and the 
need to maintain high standards of 
corporate governance. 

We meet at least once a year in 
accordance with the Company’s 
governance schedule and the 
Committee’s terms of reference.  
We met twice during the financial year.

During the year Ian stepped down  
as CEO and Alex acceded to the role. 
At the same time, Jonathan became 
CEO of IFAL and was appointed to the 
Company’s board. 

Having implemented the 2019 
succession plan during 2020, the 
Committee has now commenced a 
review of the skills and experience of 
the board and senior management 
team. The Committee will recommend 
to the board a new succession plan 
which will ensure orderly succession 
to both the board and senior 
management team in the future.

INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020    73

GOVERNANCE  continued

Governance

Committee membership during the year

The members of the Nomination Committee at 30 September 2020 were:

Name

Date of appointment

Richard Cranfield (Chair with effect 
from 3 December 2019)

1 August 2019

Victoria Cochrane 

28 September 2018

Christopher Munro 

2 February 2018

Alexander Scott

2 March 2020

Role of the  
Nomination Committee

The role and responsibilities of the 
Nomination Committee are set out in 
its terms of reference which can be 
found at www.integrafin.co.uk/ 
corporate-governance.

Composition of the  
Nomination Committee

In adherence with the Code,  
the majority of members of the 
Nomination Committee are independent 
non-executive directors. The Chair of 
the board chairs the Committee. 
However, he does not chair when the 
Committee is dealing with nominating 
a successor to the Chair. 

The Group also provides initial and 
ongoing training for Committee 
members, to support them in carrying 
out their duties effectively. This is 
delivered by in-house technical staff, 
through the attendance at formal 
conferences as required, and an 
in-house training programme.

74    INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020

Area of focus

Work conducted

Board 
appointments

▪  Considered the independence of the non-executive 
directors and made recommendations to the board.

External 
evaluation of 
the board

Succession 
planning

▪  Independent Audit conducted external evaluation of the 
board. They interviewed all board members and some 
senior managers and attended board and Committee 
meetings. A written report was provided to the Chair, 
which was shared with the board and actions were agreed.

▪  In light of the implementation of the 2019 Succession 
Plan, reviewed the skills, experience, expertise and 
composition of the new board with a view to 
recommending to the board, succession plans for the 
board and senior management team.

Diversity

▪  When reviewing the composition of the board, considered 

the diversity of board members.

▪  The gender diversity of the board and senior management 

is on page 51. 

▪  The board acknowledges that we have not met the targets 

set out in the Hampton Alexander or the Parker review 
and is proactively reviewing the subsidiary boards.

▪  It is the board’s policy that new appointments to any 

board are made on merit, taking into account the different 
skills, industry experience, independence, knowledge and 
background required to achieve a balanced and effective 
board; and

▪  In identifying suitable candidates for appointment to the 
board, the Committee will consider candidates on merit 
against objective criteria and with due regard for the 
benefits of diversity on the board.

▪  No appointments have been made to the board this year, 
however the Committee has reviewed the diversity of the 
board following the changes to executive roles and the 
recent resignation of Ian Taylor and is considering the 
composition of the board in the context of age, gender, 
education and experience. 

▪  Future appointments will be considered in the context of 

this information.

Composition of the board

The board membership comprises a 
mix of long-standing and more recent 
appointments who collectively deliver a 
balance of historical knowledge and 
industry experience.

Age profile of the board

Tenure of the board

50-55

55-60

60-65

65-70

70+

0-3 years

3-6 years

9-12 years

18-21 years

Committee self-evaluation

The Nomination Committee did not 
conduct a self-assessment of its own 
effectiveness because the board 
undertook an external evaluation 
which involved a review of the manner 
in which the committee escalated 
matters to the board. The committee 
has considered the findings of the 
external evaluator and will be agreeing 
any enhancements with the board.

INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020    75

 
GOVERNANCE  continued

DIRECTORS’  
REMUNERATION REPORT

Statement by the Chair of the 
Remuneration Committee

On behalf of the board, I am  
pleased to present the Directors’ 
Remuneration Report for the year 
ended 30 September 2020. 

We were delighted to receive a vote of 
96% for our remuneration report at 
the 2020 AGM. 

Since the 2019 report, Transact has 
continued to grow despite the effects  
of the COVID-19 pandemic and, as at  
30 September 2020, has 192,000 client 
investment portfolios, £41.09 billion of 
funds under direction and 487 staff 
across the Group companies. 

We continue to retain a loyal work 
force, with more than 29% of our staff 
having 10 years’ service or more. 

It remains one of our key principles to 
create, maintain and improve value 
provided to our principal stakeholders 
– customers, shareholders and 
employees. Whenever possible we are 
committed to sharing profits between 
all three of these stakeholders, and 
we believe all three should benefit 
from any of the Group’s activities. 

Against this background we take  
a very distinctive approach to 
remuneration. The key features of our 
reward framework are as follows:

▪  Base salary – Our remuneration  
is structured so the level of base 
salary represents a sufficiently high 
proportion of the total remuneration, 
so employees are not required to 
maximise their income through 
significant variable remuneration 
awards. 

▪  Relatively modest additional 

incentives – Above basic salary, our 
maximum total additional incentive 
opportunity is only 100% of salary 
per annum. Ordinarily, we do not 

expect total annual variable 
remuneration awards to exceed 65% 
of salary.

▪  Distinctive approach to 

performance measurement – We 
do not have mechanical performance 
targets which apply to variable pay 
awards, because we believe that 
applying formulaic measures can 
lead to undesirable behaviours and/ 
or outcomes. Instead, the Committee 
exercises independent judgement 
and discretion when authorising 
remuneration outcomes, taking into 
account the Company and individual 
performance. Our performance 
measurement framework considers 
at least four “quantitative anchors” 
– financial performance, stakeholder 
outcomes, risk, regulation and ESG, 
and strategy delivery.

▪  Alignment with wider workforce 
– Our approach to remuneration for 
executive directors is consistent with 
that for all employees. Our incentive 
structure is aligned across the 
workforce and all employees are made 
awards under the same performance 
framework. The pension policy for 
executive directors is equivalent to 
that of the workforce and at 2% for 
the CEO and 2% for Jonathan, the 
actual employer pension contributions 
made in respect of executive directors 
are well below the 9% of salary 
contribution available to all-
employees. Employees (including the 
executive directors) may elect to 
sacrifice their remuneration and 
receive additional employer 
contributions. Our current pension 
arrangements therefore align with 
the new Code.

▪  Share ownership – Our executive 

directors are significant shareholders 
in the Company and all UK and Isle 
of Man based staff with the required 
accrued service are invited to 
become shareholders by way of the 
all staff Share Incentive Plan (SIP) 
which we are delighted to report, 

76    INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020

during financial year 2020, has once 
again had a 100% uptake for Free 
Shares and has had an 87% uptake 
for Partnership and Matching shares.  

The Group operates a parallel plan  
for our Australian employees who 
are not eligible to join the HMRC 
approved plan. The Company also 
operates a discretionary deferred 
bonus share option scheme which is 
open to all employees, at the 
discretion of the Committee or the 
CEO. In financial year 2020 awards 
were made to all members of the 
management team in the UK, Isle of 
Man and Australia.

In summary, we believe in simple and 
transparent reward linked to Group 
success and personal performance 
and delivered in a way that does not 
drive undesirable behaviours or 
encourage excessive risk taking:

▪  The Group’s deferred bonus 

Performance Share Plan has a 
maximum award opportunity of 33% 
of salary. 

▪  We do not operate a long-term 

incentive plan, as we believe that 
applying formulaic measures can 
lead to undesirable behaviours and/
or outcomes.

▪  For executive directors, we reference 
performance against four key areas 
– financial performance, stakeholder 
outcomes, risk, regulation and ESG, 
and strategy delivery, taking a 
holistic approach to reviewing 
performance.

▪  We operate an HM Revenue & Customs 
tax-advantaged SIP for UK and Isle 
of Man employees, as well as a 
parallel scheme for our Australian 
employees. 

We believe our distinctive approach  
to remuneration supports both the 
objectives of the Group, our shareholders 
and our other stakeholders and is 
aligned to the key principles shared 
between us.

Application of the Directors’ 
Remuneration Policy

The Directors’ Remuneration Policy 
(the Policy), as set out on pages 60  
to 76 of the Annual Report and 
financial statements for the year 
ended 30 September 2018, was 
approved at the Company’s Annual 
General Meeting (AGM) held on  
21 February 2019. The Policy will 
remain in force until the AGM in 2022, 
unless the board proposes a new 
policy for shareholder approval. 

We were delighted to welcome 
Alexander Scott into the role of CEO 
and to welcome Jonathan Gunby  
(IFAL CEO) to the board as executive 
director. Ian Taylor who had previously 
held both CEO positions stepped down 
from these roles, but continued as an 
executive director. The Committee 
considered proposals for the 
remuneration to reflect their new 
responsibilities, further details of 
which are set out in this report.

The Company achieved strong 
financial results despite the COVID-19 
pandemic, with an increase in profit 
before tax of £5.4 million (11%). 
Directors’ salary and bonus awards 
were made in accordance with the 
Policy. Salary increases were in line 
with the payrise awarded to all staff  
at 3% for Alexander, Ian and 
Jonathan, compared to the 3% 
payrise awarded to all those UK and 
IoM based staff who were eligible for 
an award. Directors’ bonuses were 
awarded within the parameters of the 
Policy. Alexander was awarded a  
cash bonus of 32% and a bonus 
award deferred into shares of 31%. 
Jonathan was awarded a cash bonus 
of 32% and a bonus award deferred 
into shares of 31%. Ian was awarded 
a cash bonus of 30% and a bonus 
award deferred into shares of 30%. 
Michael Howard did not receive  
a bonus. 

In making these awards, the 
Remuneration Committee considered 
the quantitative anchors and in 
particular the financial performance of 
the Company over the financial year, 
the delivery of the business strategy, 
the impact of the reduction in charges 
to clients and maintenance of staff 
engagement, as evidenced by the 
stable turnover levels.

Ian has recently announced his 
retirement from the board, with effect 
from the end of February 2021. I 
would like to extend my thanks to Ian 
for his contribution and I wish him 
well in his retirement. Details of all 
executive directors’ remuneration can 
be found on page 84 of this report. 

Chris Munro 
Chair, Remuneration Committee

16 December 2020

INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020    77

 
GOVERNANCE  continued

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION 
POLICY

The Directors’ Remuneration Policy 
was approved by ordinary resolution 
at the Company’s AGM held on  
21 February 2019 and can be found 
on pages 61 to 71 of the Company’s 
Annual Report and financial 
statements for the year ended  
30 September 2018, which is 
available at www.integrafin.co.uk/ 
annual-reports/  
A summary of the policy is  
provided below.

Policy table

Element

Link to Strategy

Operation

Opportunity

Base salary is reviewed annually.

Salary

The purpose of the  
base salary is to attract 
and retain executive 
directors with the 
necessary skills, 
experience and 
expertise.

There is no overall 
maximum monetary 
opportunity or cap on 
annual increase. Directors’ 
salary increases will 
normally be in line with 
salary increases awarded to 
other staff. 

Increases will take into 
account a number of factors 
including, but not limited to, 
the scale of the role and the 
individual’s experience.

Performance 
Measures

None

There is no maximum 
monetary value.

None

Benefits

The purpose of the 
Company’s staff benefits 
arrangements is to 
attract and retain 
executive directors and 
employees with the 
necessary skills, 
experience and expertise 
and to support their 
wellbeing.

The Company offers a Death in 
Service scheme with benefits set at 
four times base salary.

The Company also offers all employees 
and their families the opportunity to 
participate in a private medical 
insurance scheme. The executive 
directors have all participated in  
the plan.

Other benefits may include buying 
and selling of holiday, season ticket 
loans, child care vouchers and 
discounts on local retailers, eye tests 
and discounts for those with portfolios 
on the Transact platform. The benefits 
provided may be subject to minor 
amendment from time to time by the 
Committee within this policy.

The Company provides overnight 
accommodation to the CEO during 
the week.

In appropriate circumstances benefits 
may include relocation and tax 
equalisation.

78    INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020

Element

Link to Strategy

Operation

Opportunity

Performance 
Measures

Pension 

The purpose of the 
employer contribution to 
pension arrangements is 
to attract and retain 
directors for the long 
term and to contribute 
to retirement income.

Contributions are by way of a defined 
contribution to the Group’s contractual 
enrolment pension arrangement and 
by way of employer matching 
contributions to a salary sacrifice 
personal pension arrangement.

Annual 
bonus and 
deferred 
bonus plan

The purpose of the cash 
bonus is to reward staff 
by reference to the 
financial success of the 
Group with an 
adjustment for 
individual performance. 

The purpose of the 
deferred bonus is to 
support long-term 
retention of senior staff 
and alignment with 
share price performance.

Cash bonus and deferred awards are 
considered annually after the end of 
the financial year. 

All bonus awards to executive 
directors are made at the discretion 
of the Committee. The Committee 
retains flexibility to determine each 
year the proportion in cash and the 
proportion as deferred shares.

Where awarded, vesting of the 
deferred bonus awards will usually  
be on the third anniversary of the 
grant date. 

Dividends do not accrue on the 
shares that are the subject of the 
awards. 

In circumstances of significant 
individual misconduct or poor Group 
performance the Committee has the 
right to reduce or withhold the 
deferred bonus award and has 
limited rights to recover deferred 
bonus awards already made.

The maximum company 
contribution is in line with 
that of the wider workforce.

None

The maximum contribution 
is 17.14% of salary.

In line with our approach  
for all employees, executive 
directors may choose to 
sacrifice an element of their 
annual bonus into the Group 
pension. The Company  
wide policy (applied to all 
employees) is that in these 
circumstances a minor  
uplift is made to reflect the 
benefit of the NI saving to 
the employer.

The overall maximum  
limit in respect of the total 
annual bonus is 100% of 
salary. However this level  
of award would only be 
made in exceptional 
circumstances.

Deferred bonus awards 
would normally be made 
under the Performance 
Share Plan rules, where 
awards are capped at 33% 
of base salary.

Performance is 
assessed within a 
framework which 
includes consideration 
of:

- Profitability

- Customer

- Risk and Regulation

- Strategy delivery

Individual  
performance is also 
considered. 

There are no 
prescribed targets. 
Instead, the Committee 
considers qualitative 
and quantitative 
actual performance  
within the above 
performance 
framework.

All employee 
share plan

The purpose of the SIP 
is to align the interests 
of all employees – 
including executive 
directors – and 
shareholders.

Executive directors are eligible to 
participate in the all-employee share 
incentive plan (SIP) in place on the 
same terms as all employees. The 
scheme is operated in line with HMRC 
guidance.

The SIP is subject to the 
limits set by HMRC from 
time to time.

None

INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020    79

GOVERNANCE  continued

Chair and Non-Executive Directors

Approach to Fees

Operation

Opportunity

Other Items

To attract non-executive 
directors with relevant 
experience to ensure the 
appropriate balance on the 
board and the effective 
management of the Company.

Non-executive director fees are 
reviewed annually. The review  
is by reference to the time 
commitment and responsibility 
of the role and will not necessarily 
result in an increase.

There is no maximum fee. 

The fees are subject to 
maximum aggregate limits,  
as set out in the Articles of 
Association (£1,500,000).

The fee for the Chair of the 
board will be recommended to 
the board by the Committee. 
The fees for non-executive 
directors will be determined by 
the Chair and the CEO.

None of the non-executive 
directors, including the Chair, is 
eligible for performance related 
remuneration or share awards.

The Company reimburses 
reasonable expenses incurred by 
the Chair and non-executive 
directors in the performance of 
their duties. This includes (but is 
not limited to) travel expenses 
and tax thereon.

80    INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020

ANNUAL REMUNERATION REPORT

Committee membership during the year

The members of the Remuneration Committee at 30 September 2020 were:

Name

Date of appointment

Christopher Munro (Chair with effect 
from 2 March 2020) 

19 January 2018

Neil Holden 

19 January 2018

Richard Cranfield

11 December 2019

In all its activities, the Committee 
gives due consideration to laws and 
regulations, the provisions of the 
Code, the requirements of the UK 
Listing Authority’s Listing, Prospectus 
and Disclosure Guidance and 
Transparency Rules and other 
applicable rules, as appropriate,  
and to shareholder feedback.

Composition of the  
Remuneration Committee

Since our last annual report the 
board has appointed Richard 
Cranfield, the non-executive Chair  
of the Company, to the Committee.

The Committee ensures that 
members take individual 
responsibility for identifying training 
appropriate to their needs and for 
keeping appropriate records of such 
training. Each Committee member 
provides copies of their training 
record to the Company Secretary 
annually and undertakes all 
regulatory training requested by  
the Group.

Role of the  
Remuneration Committee

The purpose of the Committee is to 
review, set and agree aspects of the 
overall remuneration policy and 
strategy for the Group and the total 
compensation package for certain 
officers and employees within the 
Group. It does so with a view to 
aligning remuneration with the 
successful achievement of the 
Group’s long-term objectives while 
taking into account the Code, 
relevant regulatory requirements, 
market rates and value for money.

The Group monitors the list of 
employees who are considered to be 
Code Staff by reference to the FCA 
Remuneration Code. To the extent 
that the Committee does not approve 
the remuneration of Code Staff 
individually, the Committee considers 
whether the total reward for each 
Code Staff employee remains 
compliant with the provisions of the 
Remuneration Code. The Committee 
is also responsible for reviewing a 
remuneration policy statement (RPS) 
prepared by IFAL setting out how the 
UK regulated companies within the 
Group comply with UK regulatory 
requirements on remuneration.

INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020    81

GOVERNANCE  continued

Committee meetings and 
attendance

The Committee’s work 
throughout the year

The Remuneration Committee  
meets at least twice annually and 
more frequently when required.  
The Committee has met four times 
during this financial year. Attendance 
by each member of the Committee as 
at 30 September 2020 is set out in 
the board and committee attendance 
table on page 64 of this report. 

Only members of the Committee  
have the right to attend Committee 
meetings. However, other individuals 
such as the CEO, directors of 
subsidiaries, the Company Secretary, 
the Group Counsel, the Head of 
Human Resources and external 
advisers may be invited to attend  
for all or part of any meeting.

The Committee has performed its duties 
with a view to aligning remuneration 
with the successful achievement of 
the Group’s long-term objectives 
while taking into account the Code, 
relevant regulatory requirements, 
market rates and value for money.

The Committee has undertaken the 
following this financial year:

Area of focus

Work conducted

Governance

▪  Reviewed the Committee Terms of Reference to ensure 

their continuing appropriateness.

▪  Considered the provisions of the Code and its application.

Awards

▪  Reviewed the appropriateness of the proposed annual 

staff pay award by reference to the RPS and the 
Remuneration Policy.

▪  Approved the proposed remuneration for the executive 

directors and senior managers.

▪  Considered the proposed remuneration of the new CEO 

upon appointment.

▪  Considered the proposed remuneration of the new 

executive director upon appointment.

▪  Considered the proposed adjusted remuneration for the 

outgoing CEO upon his stepping down from the role.

▪  Considered the appropriateness of remuneration for 

Code staff and the staff pay and bonus awards.

▪  Reviewed and approved the making of PSP awards to 

executive directors and senior managers.

▪  Approved the grant of the 2019 Free Share Award.

Committee self-evaluation

The Remuneration Committee did  
not conduct a self-assessment of its 
own effectiveness because the board 
undertook an external evaluation 
which involved a review of the 
manner in which the committee 
escalated matters to the board.  
The committee has considered the 
findings of the external evaluator and 
will be agreeing any enhancements 
with the board.

82    INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020

UK Corporate Governance Code 
– Provision 40

When developing the proposed 
Remuneration Policy and considering 
its implementation, the Committee 
was mindful of the UK Corporate 
Governance Code and considers that 
the executive remuneration 
framework appropriately addresses 
the following considerations:

Area of focus

Work conducted

Clarity

Simplicity

Risk

Our distinctive approach to remuneration supports the 
strategic objectives of the Company, and we seek to 
communicate with stakeholders, shareholders and 
employees in a clear and transparent way.

We consider that our remuneration framework is simple 
and effective. Our incentive framework comprises only a 
cash bonus award and a deferred share bonus award. 

We believe our distinctive approach to performance 
measurement supports appropriate consideration  
of risk management and a long-term view of the 
business. The annual bonus rewards performance against 
four quantitative anchors for the business, ensuring a 
holistic view of business performance. 

Predictability

The maximum opportunities are outlined in the 
Remuneration Policy. Taking into account our more modest 
approach to incentives, total remuneration is more 
predictable in comparison with other listed companies. 

Proportionality

Executive director remuneration is modest compared to 
practice in other listed companies, and our approach is 
aligned with that of the wider workforce.

Alignment to 
culture

Our approach to remuneration for executive directors is 
consistent with that for all employees. Our incentive 
structure and pension policy is aligned across the 
workforce. We consider that our approach is fully aligned 
with our culture. 

INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020    83

GOVERNANCE  continued

Remuneration ‘at a glance’

Element

Operation

Out-turns 2020 and implementation in 2021

Base salary

▪  Increases will take into account a 

number of factors including the scale of 
the role and the individual’s experience 
and wider workforce increases.

The salary increase awarded was 3% for the CEO and 3% for the 
two UK executive directors which was in line with the UK and IoM 
workforce increase of 3%.

Salary with effect from 1 June 2020:

▪  Alexander Scott: £422,300

▪  Jonathan Gunby: £417,108

▪  Ian Taylor: £278,100

Benefits1

▪  Includes, for example, death in service 

and private medical insurance.

Benefits for Alexander Scott, Jonathan Gunby and Ian Taylor 
comprise private healthcare.

Overnight accommodation in London was provided for Ian Taylor, 
save for the duration of the COVID-19 stay at home advice.

Pension 

▪  The pension provision is equivalent to 

Alexander Scott received a £7,000 pension contribution (2%).

that of the wider workforce.

▪  The executive director’s current pension 
arrangements are lower than those of 
the workforce.

Jonathan Gunby received a £7,000 pension contribution (2%). 

Ian Taylor elected not to receive a pension contribution.

Annual bonus and 
deferred bonus 
award of shares

▪  Total maximum opportunity is 100%  

▪  Ordinarily, we do not expect awards to be in excess of 65%  

of salary. 

of salary.

▪  The Committee retains flexibility to 

▪  The Committee uses judgement and discretion when 

adjust the balance between cash and 
deferred bonus awards.

determining outcomes under the annual bonus and deferred 
bonus awards.

▪  The deferred bonus awards will usually 

vest on the third anniversary of the 
grant date.

▪  Outcomes are made by reference to the four quantitative 

anchors – financial performance; stakeholder outcomes; risk, 
regulation and ESG, and strategy delivery. 

▪  Deferred bonus awards granted under 

the Company’s PSP are subject to  
malus and clawback provisions as 
described below.

▪  For 2020 Alexander Scott was awarded a cash bonus of 32% 
and a bonus award deferred into shares of 31%. Jonathan 
Gunby was awarded a cash bonus of 32% and a bonus award 
deferred into shares of 31% and Ian Taylor was awarded a cash 
bonus of 30% and a bonus award deferred into shares of 30%.

All employee share 
incentive plan

▪  The plan is operated in line with  

HMRC guidance.

Executive directors are eligible to participate in the all-employee 
SIP on the same terms as all employees.

1 Directors are entitled to receive an employee discount on platform charges, in line with all employees.

84    INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020

2020 remuneration outcomes for our executive directors (audited) 

Alexander Scott, CEO

Fixed – £372k

Ian Taylor, Executive Director

Cash bonus – £135k

Deferred bonus – £132k

Fixed – £367k

Cash bonus – £83k

Deferred bonus – £85k

Jonathan Gunby, Executive Director

Fixed – £367k

Cash bonus – £134k

Deferred bonus – £130k

Total  
remuneration

£639k

£535k

£631k

Statement of voting at the AGM

The Company remains committed to 
ongoing shareholder dialogue and takes 
a close interest in voting outcomes. 
The following table sets out voting 
outcomes in respect of the resolutions 
relating to approving directors’ 
remuneration matters at the Company’s 
AGM on 21 February 2020:

Year

Resolution

Votes for/ 
discretionary

% of vote

Votes  
against

% of vote

2020

2019

Approve the Remuneration Policy

190,331,885

96.47

6,967,430

Approve the Remuneration Report

 182,738,516

 97.98

 3,768,710

3.53

 2.02

Votes 
withheld

4,682,400

 307,516

INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020    85

GOVERNANCE  continued

How the Policy was applied in 2020

Summary of total remuneration – executive directors (audited)

Gross 
Basic 

Salary Benefits Pension

Total 
fixed  
pay

Annual Bonus

LTIP Other2

Cash 
bonus

Deferred 
shares

Total 
variable 
pay

Total

Director

Year £’000

£’000

£’000

£’000 £’000

£’000

£’000

£’000

£’000

£’000

Alexander 
Scott 

Ian 
Taylor 

Jonathan 
Gunby 

Michael  
Howard

2020

2019

2020

2019

2020

2019

2020

2019

356

263

331

400

351

-

0

0

1

1

281

471

1

-

0

0

7

10

0

5

7

-

0

0

364

274

359

452

359

-

0

0

135

81

83

164

134

-

0

0

132

82

85

128

130

-

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

-

0

0

8

7

8

7

8

-

0

0

275

170

176

299

272

-

0

0

639

444

535

751

631

-

0

0

1  Benefits for Ian Taylor were £27,553 for 2020 and £46,945 for 2019   
Benefits for Alexander Scott were £665 for 2020 and £630 for 2019 
Benefits for Jonathan Gunby were £665 for 2020 
The difference is the value of overnight accommodation for Ian Taylor.

2 Other remuneration relates to Share Incentive Plan awards and the employee discount on platform charges.

Michael Howard receives nil remuneration from the Group, but his employer, ObjectMastery Services Pty Ltd, receives 
a fee of AUD 80k for his executive appointment to IAD Pty, a company within the Group.

86    INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020

 
Within these broad categories,  
the Remuneration Committee considers 
a wide variety of management 
information available to the board 
and its committees. The Committee 
is not constrained by particular 
metrics as these can change year on 
year. The essence of the process is  
to use the quantitative anchors to 
arrive at a balanced judgement as to 
whether an award is warranted and, 
if so, at what level.

Base salary (audited)

Incentives

Alexander was appointed to the role 
of CEO on an equivalent salary to 
Ian, with a subsequent 3% salary 
increase which was in line with  
the company wide pay review.  
Ian’s salary was adjusted downwards 
to reflect the change in his role and 
responsibilities. The basic salary for 
Jonathan was set taking into account 
his new role and responsibilities. 
These adjustments resulted in the 
following changes to the annualised 
salary figures:

Basic 
annual 
salary as 
at 1 June 
2020 

Salary 
effective 
as at  
1 June 
2019

£’000

£’000

422

270

278

410

417

265

Director 

Alexander 
Scott

Ian  
Taylor 

Jonathan 
Gunby

Benefits

Ian is entitled to overnight 
accommodation in London during the 
working week. Otherwise, executive 
directors do not receive any benefits 
which are not available to all employees. 
Benefits for the executive directors 
comprise private health care and an 
employee discount on platform 
charges, in line with all employees.

The Group has a distinctive culture 
focused on our principal stakeholders 
– customers, shareholders and 
employees. Our incentive structure 
has been developed to support this 
culture:

▪  Alignment across all staff –  

All staff are eligible for an annual 
cash bonus award. Our incentive 
structure is aligned across the 
workforce and all employees are 
made awards under the same 
performance framework.

▪  Modest incentive opportunity 
– Our maximum total variable 
remuneration opportunity for 
executive directors is only 100%  
of salary, and ordinarily in practice 
we do not expect awards to exceed 
65% of salary. 

▪  Deferred bonus awards – Part of 
the incentive award is in cash and 
part of it is in shares through deferred 
bonus awards. We maintain flexibility 
on the proportion of each award. 
Deferred bonus awards is our 
preferred long-term alignment 
mechanism as we do not operate a 
long-term incentive plan because 
we believe long-term targets have 
the potential to drive inadvertent 
behaviours.

▪  Our performance framework is 
also distinctive – We do not set 
predefined targets. Instead, the 
Committee considers qualitative and 
quantitative actual performance 
against at least four ‘quantitative 
anchors’:

- Financial performance

- Stakeholder outcomes

-  Risk and Regulation  

(including Environmental Social  
and Governance)

- Strategy delivery

We also consider individual performance. 

INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020    87

GOVERNANCE  continued

Annual bonus (cash and deferred share)  
awards for financial year 2020 (audited)

Director

Cash award

Deferred award

Alexander Scott

£135k

32% of salary

£132k

31% of salary

Ian Taylor

£83k

30% of salary

£85k

30% of salary

Jonathan Gunby

£134k

32% of salary

£130k

31% of salary

The cash and deferred award 
percentages are by reference to the 
basic salary on 30 September 2020. 
This is aligned to the approach taken 
for all employees.

The bonus for Alexander is 
recommended by the board Chair. 
The bonus for Ian and Jonathan  
are recommended by Alex.  
The Remuneration Committee 
members considered detailed 
information which covers factors  
such as financial performance, risk, 
compliance, conduct, internal 
controls, client and client adviser 
metrics, and delivery of strategy.

This year, as in past years, the 
Committee reviewed the board 
Chair’s and the CEO’s proposals in 
that context, and considered whether 
the executive directors had delivered 
appropriate stakeholder, financial and 
strategic performance, whilst also 
managing risk and maintaining 
internal controls.

Each year the Committee refers to 
the quantitative anchors described 
previously to frame that discussion 
and challenge. The approach to 
performance assessment is part of 
our distinctive approach to incentives, 
with relatively modest incentive 
opportunity and a structure which  
is aligned across the workforce.  
The Committee believes that applying 
formulaic measures and targets can 
lead to inadvertent behaviours and 
outcomes which are not in the 
interests of long term sustained 
performance. Instead, the Committee 
exercises independent judgement 
and discretion when considering 
remuneration outcomes. 

For 2020, the assessment of whether 
cash and deferred bonus awards 
were justified was informed by the 
following metrics and performance in 
the year:

88    INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020

Quantitative anchor (metrics and performance) 

Financial 
performance 

Stakeholder 
outcomes

▪  Well managed costs and headcount in a challenging market.

▪  Financial performance was delivered against both original and adjusted forecasts despite effects of 

COVID-19 global pandemic and impact on stock markets.

▪  Dividend flow and distributable reserves/regulatory capital from subsidiaries to support group 

dividend managed effectively.

▪  Improved financial performance in other metrics (net inflows, earnings per share, expense ratio, 

profit margin, share price and market cap) has also been delivered.

▪  Forward looking projections indicate that the Company is well placed to sustain performance over 

the coming year taking into account stress-tested scenarios regarding the uncertainty of the 
ongoing impact of COVID-19.

Clients and Advisers

▪  Market share of gross inflows remained above 12% and net flows make up approximately one fifth 

of the market.

▪  Net promoter score increased in the year and at 61% is the highest of all platforms.

▪  The Group received the 5* Investment award in the Financial Adviser Service Awards.

▪  Topped the Platforum User Leaderboard in September 2020.

▪  Achieved top position in both the CoreData Investment Platform Study and the Investment Trends 

UK Adviser Technology & Business Report for the eleventh year running.

▪  Introduced Upload Document tool in response to demand for paperless processes during 

COVID-19 pandemic. 

Employees

▪  Employees remain loyal and committed to the organisation with over 45% having service of more 

than 5 years and over 29% having service of more than 10 years.

▪  100% of eligible employees took up the SIP free share award and 87% took up the Partnership 

Share award.

Shareholders

▪  The Company has distributed dividends in accordance with its dividend policy.

Suppliers

▪  The Group settled 90% of its invoices within 30 days of receipt.

INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020    89

GOVERNANCE  continued

Risk and 
regulation 
and ESG

▪  Remote working solution implemented whilst sustaining regulatory compliance in order to adapt to 

the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic.

▪  Maintained capital liquidity and operational resilience during alternative working arrangements and 

economic pressures related to the COVID-19 pandemic.

▪  Ongoing engagement with the FCA, the PRA and the IoM FSA regarding sustainability during 

COVID-19 pandemic.

▪  Complaint and error and fraud rates are low and stable.

▪  Internal Audit programme completed.

▪  Risks including regulatory compliance have been managed within appetite and minor risk appetite 

breaches have been promptly identified and addressed.

The above achievements are also underpinned by the following:

▪  The Company has undertaken an external evaluation of the board with no significant areas of 

concern identified. 

▪  The Group has shown appropriate adherence to internal, legal and regulatory policies, laws and 

rules and board reports demonstrate appropriate understanding and implementation of regulatory 
change projects.

▪  Monitoring, auditing and other assurance activities demonstrate appropriate attention to 

maintaining the internal control environment.

▪  Significant improvement in online platform functionality, widening the scope of the online offering 

for clients and their advisers.

▪  Enhanced resilience of core platform and associated services.

▪  Growth in both the number of advisers and clients whilst improving efficiency. 

▪  Continuing with the “matchmaking service” for advisers and collaboration with a third party lender 

where finance is required.

Strategy 
delivery 

the right to reduce or withhold the 
deferred bonus award. This includes 
but is not limited to where there  
has been a material misstatement 
and/or significant downward revision 
in the financial results, where the 
calculated number of shares awarded 
to an individual director is determined 
to be too high, or where the  
Award Holder has engaged in 
misconduct justifying the director’s 
summary dismissal.

Based on a holistic assessment of 
Group performance, including 
consideration of the 2020 outcomes 
set out in the quantitative anchors 
table above, and individual 
performance, the Committee granted 
Alexander, Ian and Jonathan the cash 
bonus and deferred bonus awards set 
out on page 85.

The deferred bonus award will be 
granted following the announcement 
of the Group’s annual results.  
Awards will vest after three years  
and will be subject to malus and 
clawback provisions as detailed in  
the Remuneration Policy. In certain 
circumstances the Committee has  

90    INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020

SIP

Executive directors are able to 
participate in the SIP. The board may 
make an award to participants of 
Free Shares up to the value of 3% of 
salary or £3,600 (whichever is lower) 
and may permit participants to 
subscribe for Partnerships Shares  
up to the value of 1.5% of salary or 
£1,800 (whichever is lower). For every 
Partnership Share purchased,  
two Matching Shares were awarded. 
The £3,600 and £1,800 limits are set 
by applicable legislation and will be 
revised automatically in the event of 
any changes to the legislation.

During financial year 2020, the 
maximum SIP award was granted to 
qualifying employees (including 
Alexander, Ian and Jonathan).  
The Partnership and Matching Share 
Award was made on an evergreen 
basis and therefore all qualifying 
employees will be able to continue  
to participate in the plan unless it is 
revoked by the Committee. Based on 
the Group’s performance in 2020 the 
board has not revoked that award. 
The board has considered the Group’s 
performance in financial year  
2020 and, with the approval of the 
Remuneration Committee, has 
approved the making of a further 
maximum SIP Free Share award to 
qualifying employees (including 
Alexander, Ian and Jonathan) when 
the company is not in a closed 
period. This will be following the 
announcement of the Group’s 
financial results.

How the Committee’s discretion 
was applied

In determining the award for the 
CEO, the Committee considered the 
performance of the Group in difficult 
market conditions, in particular the 
effects of the COVID-19 pandemic 
and the extent to which the Group 
met its strategic objectives.  
The Committee weighed up the 
performance of the Company in 2020 
and the future projections in 2021  
in the context of the COVID-19 
pandemic and considered whether 
the awards were sustainable given 
the projections. The Committee 
concluded that the Company 
delivered its objectives for the year 
and that based on a review of 
performance in the year, the award 
was appropriate.

The Committee also sought 
assurance that the recommendations 
were made in accordance with a 
balanced view of future profitability 
and in the interests of all stakeholders, 
not just based on backward looking 
performance. The Committee concluded 
that payment of the award was 
sustainable in light of the forward 
looking projections and the forecast 
performance of the Company over 
the coming year. 

In the light of these factors,  
the Committee is satisfied that the 
performance of the CEO and the 
Group as a whole justifies an overall 
award of 63%.

LTIPs

In line with the Group’s approach to 
remuneration, no awards will be 
made to executive directors that are 
dependent on performance conditions 
relating to more than one year and 
no such award was made in financial 
year 2020.

Pension contributions

Pension contributions for Alexander, 
Ian and Jonathan are currently made 
by reference to the relevant personal 
allowance. In the 2020 performance 
year the employer’s pension 
contribution for Alexander was 
£7,000 and for Jonathan was £7,000. 
Ian elected not to receive any 
employer’s pension contributions.  
In line with our remuneration principles, 
pension contributions for executive 
directors are aligned with those 
available to the wider workforce. 

The minimum employer contribution 
available to all-employees in 2020 
was 9%. For employees other than 
executive directors the Group has 
made contributions to personal 
pension arrangements for those 
employees who have sacrificed 
salary. Whilst this benefit is available 
to executive directors, none of the 
current executive directors has 
sacrificed salary.

INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020    91

GOVERNANCE  continued

Percentage change in 
remuneration of directors 
compared to the average 
employee

The table below shows the percentage 
movement in the salary, benefits and 
annual bonus for the directors 
compared to that for the average 
Group employee from FY2018 to 
FY2019 and FY2019 to FY2020.

Director

Alexander Scott

Ian Taylor

Jonathan Gunby

Mike Howard

Caroline Banszky

Robert Lister

Christopher Munro 

Neil Holden

Richard Cranfield

Victoria Cochrane

Average employee

The SIP scheme is provided to all 
staff, including executive directors, 
and is not included above.

Salary and fees

Benefits

Annual bonus

2020

56.4%

2019

0.0%

2020

0.0%

2019

(9.4%)

2020

63.8%

(32.2%)

(3.0%)

(41.4%)

(9.9%)

(42.5%)

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

26.8%

5.5%

1.1%

12.8%

2019

3.8%

3.8%

n/a

n/a

119.1%

n/a

n/a

n/a

0.0%

0.0%

25.8%

(30.0%)

0.0%

n/a

0.0%

3.6%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

2.9%

Notes to the table:

Ian Taylor stepped down from the role of CEO to become a director of IHP in 
March 2020, and Alexander Scott took on the role of CEO in March 2020. 

Ian Taylor received a lower annual bonus in 2020 as a result of the reduction 
of his basic salary, following stepping down as CEO and his accommodation 
costs were reduced during the work from home requirements due to COVID-19.

Jonathan Gunby was appointed in 2020 and there is therefore no comparable 
data for 2019. 

Michael Howard receives nil remuneration from the Group. 

Chris Munro was appointed to interim chair in 2019 and then stood down from 
this position in 2020.

The change in salary for the directors is based on the salary as at 30 September 
for each financial year.

The average staff annual cash bonus was 19% in 2020, compared to 18%  
in 2019. Some employees received a deferred share bonus award.

The table does not include salary and benefits movement for Australian 
employees as their employment benefit package differs from the UK staff 
package in recognition of different compensation and benefit rules in 
Australia. It has therefore been deemed inappropriate to include their 
remuneration in this comparison.

92    INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020

CEO pay ratio table

The following table sets out the ratio 
of the CEO’s pay to each of the 
Group’s median, lower quartile and 
upper quartile pay for UK employees. 

Financial year 
2020 

Method 

25th 
Percentile 
Pay Ratio  

Median 
Pay Ratio  

75th 
Percentile 
Pay Ratio  

Salary

Option A 

Total remuneration

Option A 

17:1

18:1

13:1

15:1

9:1

10:1

The salary and total remuneration 
ratios above are based on the 
following figures:

Financial year 
2020 

CEO*

25th 
Percentile 
Pay Ratio  

Median 
Pay Ratio  

75th 
Percentile 
Pay Ratio  

Salary

414,100 

31,400

39,717

55,300

Total remuneration

718,922 

42,515

54,176

76,550

* CEO figures are based on the salary and total remuneration of Alexander 

Scott and Ian Taylor for the period for which they were each CEO.

The CEO pay ratios were calculated 
using ‘Option A’, set out in the 
Companies (Miscellaneous Reporting) 
Regulations 2018. Under this method, 
the full pay and benefits of each UK 
employee were used to identify those 
employees that represented the 
Group’s median, lower quartile and 
upper quartile pay for UK employees. 
The full pay and benefits of these 
employees were then used to calculate 
the ratios as at 30 September 2020. 
The Group elected to use Option A  
as its method of calculation as it felt 
that using the full pay and benefits of 
all employees was the most accurate 
method of identifying those employees 
that represented the Groups’ mean 
median, lower quartile and upper 
quartile pay for UK employees.  
To determine the full time equivalent 
pay and benefits of non-standard 
workers, part-time workers’ 
remuneration was grossed up to  
the equivalent full time pay.

Executive director remuneration 
compared to wider workforce

Our approach to remuneration for 
executive directors is consistent with 
that for all employees. 

▪  Incentives – our incentive structure 
is aligned across the workforce and 
all employees are made awards under 
the same performance framework. 
For more senior employees a 
portion is deferred into shares.

▪  Pension – for all employees the 

maximum company contribution 
available in financial year 2020 was 
15.2%. Whilst executive directors 
are eligible to receive the same 
level as (but no more than) all 
employees, the pension currently 
provided to executive directors is 
less than 2% of salary, considerably 
lower than the pension provided to 
the workforce.

▪  SIP – all-employees receive SIP 

shares based on Company 
performance. This year the 
maximum of 3% of salary (up to a 
maximum of £3,600) was awarded, 
with additional partnership and 
matching shares available.

INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020    93

GOVERNANCE  continued

Relative importance of spend  
on pay

The following table sets out the 
percentage change in profit, 
dividends paid and overall spend on 
pay in the year ending 30 September 
2020, compared to the year ending 
30 September 2019.

2020 
£’000

2019 
(restated) 
£’000

Percentage 
Change

IFRS profit after tax

45,484

41,107

Dividends

26,1652

29,8071

Employee remuneration costs

30,946

30,233

11%

-12%3

2%

1  This figure represents the full year interim dividend for 2018 plus half year 

interim dividend for 2019, both paid during FY19. 

2  This figure represents one half year interim dividend for 2019 and one half 

year interim dividend for 2020, both paid during FY20.

3  Shareholder returns in respect of FY18 were 6.4p per share and in respect  

of FY19 were 7.8p per share. This represented a percentage change of 22%. 
Future years will reflect dividends on a like for like basis.

Payments to past directors 
(audited)

There were no payments to 
past directors.

Payments for loss of office 
(audited)

There were no payments for 
loss of office.

94    INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020

Share awards made during the year (audited)

Type of interest 
awarded

Basis on which award 
made1,2

Date of 
award

Face value 
awarded3

Percentage 
receivable  
for minimum 
performance

Number  
of  
shares 
awarded

End  
of  
deferral 
period

Alexander 
Scott

Deferred 
bonus

Conditional 
share award

33% salary less award of SIP 
Free and Matching shares

19.12.18 £81,896.45

100% 17,797 24.12.22

SIP

Free  
Shares

Partnership 
Shares

Matching 
Shares

Dividend 
Shares

3% (Free and Matching 
shares) of Salary subject to 
maximum of £3,600 each per 
annum pro-rated for the period 
that the Company was listed 
and 1.5% (for Partnership 
Shares) subject to a maximum 
of £1,800 per annum

02.01.19 

£3,599.60 

100% 791 (Free)

N/A4

21.01.20

£1,798.56

21.01.20 

£3,597.12

24.01.20 
26.06.20

23 
19

Ian  
Taylor

Deferred 
bonus

Conditional 
share award

33% salary less award of SIP 
Free and Matching shares

24.12.18 £128,097.52

100% 27,837 24.12.22

SIP

Free  
Shares

Partnership 
Shares

Matching 
Shares

Dividend 
Shares

3% (Free and Matching 
shares) of Salary subject to 
maximum of £3,600 each  
per annum pro-rated for the 
period that the Company was 
listed and 1.5% (for Partnership 
Shares) subject to a maximum 
of £1,800 per annum

02.01.19 

£3,599.6 

100% 791 (Free)

N/A4

21.01.20 

£1,798.56 

21.01.20 

£3,597.12

24.01.20 
26.06.20

23 
19

Jonathan 
Gunby

Deferred 
bonus

Conditional 
share award

33% salary less award of SIP 
Free and Matching shares

24.12.19 £80,249.05

100% 17,439 24.12.22

SIP

Free  
Shares

Partnership 
Shares

Matching 
Shares

Dividend 
Shares

3% (Free and Matching 
shares) of Salary subject to 
maximum of £3,600 each  
per annum pro-rated for the 
period that the Company  
was listed and 1.5%  
(for Partnership Shares) 
subject to a maximum of 
£1,800 per annum

02.01.20 

£3,599.60 

100% 791 (Free)

N/A4

21.01.20 

£1,798.56 

21.01.20 

£3,597.12

24.01.20 
26.06.20

23 
19

1  Deferred share awards form part of the annual incentive, for which awards were determined based on performance to 

30 September 2019.

2  SIP Free Share awards were determined based on Group performance to 30 September 2019. SIP Partnership and 

Matching awards are loyalty awards and were granted in January 2020 and will continue unless revoked by the 
Remuneration Committee.

3  The face value of the deferred bonus share award is calculated using average share price from 19 December 2019 to 

23 December 2019 which was £4.60. The face value of the Free Shares is calculated using the share price paid by the 
SIP administrator on the date of purchase which was £4.55. The face value of the Partnership and Matching Share 
award is calculated using the total number of Partnership and Matching Shares bought on behalf of the relevant 
individuals during the financial year and an average share price for matching share purchases.

4  The SIP is operated in line with HMRC guidance.

INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020    95

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GOVERNANCE  continued

Shareholding requirements and 
directors’ share interests 
(audited)

No share awards other than the all 
staff Share Incentive Plan and the 
deferred bonus Performance Share 
Plan share award were awarded to 
executive directors during the 
financial year.

There are no minimum shareholding 
requirements in place for the 
Company’s directors.

Director/ 
Connected 
person

1p 
ordinary 
shares 

SIP 
shares

Deferred bonus 
share scheme 
(no performance 
conditions)

Vested but 
unexercised

Options 
exercised

1,148,260

3,780

47,152

12,308,732

208,8801

73,518

836,031

3,780

46,677

Alexander 
Scott

Ian  
Taylor

Jonathan 
Gunby

Michael 
Howard

35,538,247

Christopher 
Munro

1,003,324

Neil  
Holden

Caroline 
Banszky

Victoria 
Cochrane

Richard 
Cranfield 

Robert 
Lister

15,000

7,500

0

10,000

6,015

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

Shares 
held at 
30.09.2020 
Total

Shares 
held at 
30.09.2019 
Total

1,199,192

1,179,389

12,591,130

13,057,813

886,488

0

35,538,247

50,038,247

1,003,324

1,426,324

15,000

15,000

7,500

7,500

0

0

10,000

10,000

6,015

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

1 Includes 205,100 shares held in the Company’s 2005 Share Incentive Plan prior to the IPO

96    INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020

Shareholder return Performance 
Graph and CEO pay over the  
same period

This graph shows the Company’s total 
shareholder return performance from 
Admission to 30 September 2020

The Company has chosen to show 
total shareholder return against the 
FTSE250 total return over the same 
period, as the board considers this to 
be the most appropriate comparator.

Total shareholder return performance vs FTSE250 since 2 March 2018

IHP vs FTSE250 Total return

250

200

150

100

50

0

e
g
n
a
h
c

e
g
a
t
n
e
c
r
e
P

8
1
0
2
/
3
0

8
1
0
2
/
6
0

8
1
0
2
/
9
0

8
1
0
2
/
2
1

9
1
0
2
/
3
0

9
1
0
2
/
6
0

9
1
0
2
/
9
0

9
1
0
2
/
2
1

0
2
0
2
/
3
0

0
2
0
2
/
6
0

0
2
0
2
/
9
0

IHP

FTSE250 TR

The following table shows the  
Chief Executive Officer’s remuneration  
for FY2020:

CEO  
remuneration

CEO single figure 
of remuneration

Annual bonus 
payout  
(as a % of 
maximum 
opportunity)

LTIP vesting 
out-turn  
(as a % of 
maximum 
opportunity)

20201

2019

2018

£639k

£751k

£769k

 72%

82%

83%

N/A

N/A

N/A

1  The CEO remuneration reflected in the table is for the incumbent CEO at that 

financial year end.

INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020    97

 
 
GOVERNANCE  continued

Chair and non-executive director 
remuneration (audited)

There has been no increase to the 
remuneration paid to the Chair and 
non-executive directors during the 
financial year. In respect of the 
financial year ending 30 September 
2020 the amounts are as follows.

Element of remuneration by director

Richard Cranfield

Caroline Banszky

Victoria Cochrane

Neil Holden

Robert Lister

Christopher Munro

ADVISERS

Deloitte LLP (“Deloitte”) is retained 
as adviser to the Remuneration 
Committee. Deloitte was appointed 
by the Committee, and the 
Committee is satisfied the advice 
provided by Deloitte is objective and 
independent. Deloitte is a founding 
member of the Remuneration 
Consultants Group and voluntarily 
operates under the Code of Conduct 
in relation to executive remuneration 
consulting in the UK.

Deloitte has provided advice in 
relation to reviewing the Directors’ 
Remuneration Report. For 2020, total 
fees were £7,400, with fees on a 
time and materials basis. Deloitte has 
provided no other services to the 
Company during the financial year. 

In addition to Deloitte, Helen 
Wakeford, Head of Legal and 
Company Secretary, has provided 
material advice and services to the 
Committee during the year.

Year

2020

2019

2020

2019

2020

2019

2020

2019

2020

2019

2020

2019

Fees 
£’000

Expenses 
£’000

100

27

60

60

60 

60

60 

60

60 

16

70

100

1

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

De minimis expenses are for reimbursement of extraordinary communication 
costs and taxable travel expenses grossed up for the tax payable thereon.

98    INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020

DIRECTORS’ REPORT

Directors

The directors present their report and 
financial statements for the year 
ending 30 September 2020.

The content of the “Management 
Report” required by the FCA 
Disclosure and Transparency Rule 
DTR4.1 is in the Strategic Report and 
the Governance section of the Annual 
Report and financial statements, 
which also contains details of likely 
future developments identified by the 
board. This information is shown in 
the Strategic Report rather than in 
the Directors’ Report under sections 
414 C (11) of the Companies Act. 

The Corporate Governance Report on 
pages 63 to 67 forms part of the 
Directors’ Report.

Information disclosed in accordance 
with the requirements of the 
applicable sections of the FCA Listing 
Rule LR9.8 (Annual Financial Report) 
can be found here:

Details of Long-Term Incentive Schemes 
– The Directors’ Remuneration Report

Directors’ Interests in the  
Company’s Shares 
– The Directors’ Remuneration Report

Major Shareholders’ Interests 
– Directors’ Report

Directors’ unexpired contract terms 
– Directors’ Report

Directors transactions in the 
Company’s Shares 
– Directors’ Report

Details of non-financial reporting 
–  Corporate Social Responsibility 

Report

The review of the business and 
principal risks and uncertainties are 
disclosed in the Strategic Report.

The directors who served during the 
financial year were as follows:

Richard Cranfield
Alexander Scott
Jonathan Gunby  
(Appointed 2 March 2020)
Mike Howard
Ian Taylor
Caroline Banszky
Victoria Cochrane
Neil Holden
Robert Lister 

According to the Register of 
Directors’ Interests in the Company, 
no rights to subscribe for shares were 
granted or exercised by any of the 
directors or their immediate families 
during the financial year.

Rights for share options were granted 
to Alexander, Jonathan and Ian, 
under the Company’s deferred bonus 
Performance Share Plan.

Ian has informed the board of his 
intention to resign on 26 February 
2021. He will therefore not be 
standing for re-election at the 
upcoming AGM.

All other directors are standing for 
re-election at the upcoming AGM.

The appointment and replacement  
of directors is governed by the 
Company’s Articles of Association, 
the UK Corporate Governance Code, 
the Companies Act 2006 and related 
legislation. The directors may exercise 
all the powers of the Company.

are terminable on six months’ notice 
on either side. In the event that notice 
is given to terminate the executive 
director’s contract, the Company may 
make a payment in lieu of notice  
or place the individual on garden 
leave. Entitlement to any variable 
remuneration arrangements will be 
determined in accordance with the 
relevant plan rules and the Directors’ 
Remuneration Policy. Executive 
directors’ service contracts do not 
make any other provision for 
termination payments.

Details of unexpired Non-Executive 
Directors’ contract terms

The following non-executive directors 
will have the stated unexpired 
contract terms when they stand for 
re-election at the AGM:

Director

Christopher Munro

Neil Holden

Caroline Banszky

Victoria Cochrane

Richard Cranfield

Robert Lister

Unexpired 
Contract Term 
(years)

3 years

1 year

0.75 years

0.75 years

1.25 years

1.25 years

Status of company

The Company is registered as a 
public limited company under the 
Companies Act 2006.

Stakeholders

Executive directors’ service 
agreements

All executive directors have written 
service contracts in place with an 
employing company in the Group. 
Executive directors’ service contracts 

The Group considers its principal 
stakeholders to be the customers 
using the platform, the employees  
of the Group and the Company’s 
shareholders. The Group also has 
longstanding relationships with a 
number of key suppliers.

INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020    99

GOVERNANCE  continued

Diversity and inclusion

Restrictions on share transfers

There are currently no restrictions  
on the transfer of shares held by 
executive directors and senior 
managers.

Purchase of own shares 

At the 2020 AGM, shareholders 
authorised the Company to buy back 
up to 10% of its own ordinary shares 
by market purchase at any time prior 
to the conclusion of the AGM to be 
held in 2021. 

Whilst such authority would only be 
used if the board was satisfied that to 
do so would be in the interests of 
shareholders, the board considers it 
desirable to have the general authority 
in order to maintain compliance with 
the regulatory capital requirements 
or targets applicable to the Group.

The Company did not purchase  
any of its own shares during the 
financial year.

Substantial shareholders

As at 15 December 2020, the 
Company had been notified of the 
following interests in 3% or more of 
the Company’s issued ordinary share 
capital disclosed to the Company 
under Disclosure Guidance and 
Transparency Rule 5. The information 
provided below was correct as at the 
date of notification. It should be 
noted that these holdings are likely 
to have changed since notified to the 
Company. However, notification of 
any change is not required until the 
next applicable threshold is crossed. 

The Group recognises the benefits of 
companies having a diverse board 
and sees diversity at board level as 
important in maintaining good 
corporate and board effectiveness. 
The Group has an established diversity 
policy dealing with appointments to 
the board.

The objective of the Group’s diversity 
policy is to ensure that new 
appointments to any board within the 
Group are made on merit, taking into 
account the different skills, industry 
experience, independence, knowledge 
and background required to achieve a 
balanced and effective board. 

When determining the composition  
of the board, consideration is given 
to the diversity of board members 
and, when possible, appointments 
are made with a view to achieving  
a balance of skills with diversity. 

Share capital

Structure of the Company’s capital

The Company has 331,322,014 
ordinary £0.01 shares in issue.  
There are no treasury shares, other 
than those held by the Employee 
Benefit Trust to satisfy options 
awarded under the PSP scheme.

Voting rights

At any General Meeting, on a show of 
hands, any member present in 
person has one vote and every proxy 
present, who has been duly 
appointed by a member entitled to 
vote on a resolution, has one vote. 
On a poll vote every person present 
in person or by proxy has one vote 
for every share held. All shares carry 
equal voting rights and there are no 
restrictions on voting rights.

100    INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020

Shareholder

BlackRock Inc

Number of 
Ordinary 
Shares at 30 
September 
2020

% of  
voting  
rights at  
30 September 
2020

Number of 
Ordinary 
Shares at  
15 December 
2020

% of  
voting  
rights at  
15 December 
2020

Nature of 
Holding

Indirect

21,518,605

6.49%

24,185,878

7.30%

Securities 
Lending

Contracts for 
difference 

4,054,052

1,765,074

0.53%

658,420

0.20%

Montanaro Asset Management Limited

Direct

10,129,500

Liontrust Investment Partners LLP

Ninety One

Jupiter Asset Management

Troy Asset Management

Michael Howard 

Direct

Direct

Direct

Direct

Direct

18,241,627

11,873,819

11,762,312

10,076,532

29,450,000

The percentage provided was correct at the date of notification.

1.22%

3.06%

5.51%

3.58%

3.55%

3.04%

8.89%

3,551,580

10,129,500

18,241,627

11,873,819

11,762,312

10,076,532

29,450,000

1.07%

3.06%

5.51%

3.58%

3.55%

3.04%

8.89%

The interests of the directors, and any persons closely associated, in the issued share capital of the Company are 
shown on page 96.

Directors’ interests 

Indemnity provision

Save for the shareholding details set 
out in the Directors’ Remuneration 
Report, there has been no change to 
the interests of any of the directors 
or their Persons Closely Associated 
during the financial year.

Dividends

In financial year 2020 the Company 
paid two interim dividends. Both 
dividends were paid by reference to 
the Company’s issued and allotted 
share capital on the record date.

An interim dividend of 5.2 pence per 
share, which equates to £17.2 million, 
was paid on 24 January 2020.

An interim dividend of 2.7 pence per 
share, which equates to £8.9 million, 
was paid on 26 June 2020.

An interim dividend of 5.6 pence per 
share, which equates to £18.6 million, 
has been declared by the board and 
will be paid in January 2021.

Directors’ and officers’ insurance  
is in place to indemnify the directors 
against liabilities arising from the 
discharge of their duties as directors 
of the Company.

Employee information and 
engagement

The Company has no employees 
(2019: nil), but the Group had 487 
employees at year end (2019: 486). 
The Group continues to promote a 
culture whereby employees are 
encouraged to develop and contribute 
to the overall aims of the business.

The Company has considered the 
requirements of s.172 of the 
Companies Act on page 57, to ensure 
that the interests of employees are 
considered by the board in discussions 
and decision making, and the 
associated provisions of the 2018 
Corporate Governance Code regarding 
the method of engagement with  
the workforce. 

INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020    101

GOVERNANCE  continued

The Company and individual directors 
engage with the work force on an 
informal and regular basis. The work 
force is predominantly based in the 
London office and the CEO usually 
provides opportunities for all UK 
based staff to attend presentations 
following the publication of the 
interim and year end results. 
However, it was not possible to 
present the interim results this way 
in May 2020 due to COVID-19 
restrictions. The CEO communicates 
with all staff following each quarterly 
market announcement, and in the 
event of any developments within the 
business. The CEO is available to all 
staff and the Group’s culture is one  
of openness and inclusivity.

Given the size and location of the 
workforce; the flat and accessible 
structure of the management team; 
and the many long and close working 
relationships that exist within the 
Group; the board has determined 
that it is appropriate to continue 
engaging with staff through collegiate 
and continuous collaboration 
combined with more formal staff 
surveys as and when necessary. 

The Group provides the opportunity 
for all staff to make suggestions  
for improvements to our operating 
environment and the Board and 
senior management team have  
an open door policy for all staff  
and encourage constructive and  
frank discussion.

Engagement with suppliers

Post Year End Events

The Group monitors its relationships 
with key suppliers and relationship 
meetings are held with suppliers of 
critical business services. The Group 
monitors its payment performance 
with suppliers and further details  
are set out in the Corporate Social 
Responsibility report on page 52 above.

Articles of Association 

The Articles of Association may be 
amended by special resolution of  
the shareholders.

Greenhouse gasses 

For commentary on greenhouse 
gasses, please see the Corporate 
Social Responsibility report on  
page 53.

Political donations

As per the Corporate Social 
Responsibility report on page 55 the 
Group does not make political donations.

Employment of disabled people

For commentary on the Group’s 
policy regarding the employment  
of disabled people, please see the 
Corporate Social Responsibility report 
on page 52.

Events after the reporting date are 
detailed in note 37. There are no 
reportable events (2019: none).

Auditor

BDO LLP has indicated its willingness 
to continue in office, however, the 
audit contract will be up for tender  
in 2021 in compliance with the 
requirements of The Statutory Audit 
Services for Large Companies Market 
Investigation (Mandatory Use of 
Competitive Tender Processes and 
Audit Committee Responsibilities) 
Order 2014. 

Each of the persons who is a director 
at the date of approval of this report 
confirms that:

▪  So far as the director is aware, 

there is no relevant audit information 
of which the Company’s auditor is 
unaware; and 

▪  The director has taken all the steps 
that they ought to have taken as a 
director in order to make themselves 
aware of any relevant audit information 
and to establish that the Company’s 
auditor is aware of that information. 

This confirmation is given in accordance 
with the provisions of section 418 of 
the Companies Act 2006.

By order of the board, 

Alexander Scott 
Chief Executive Officer   

16 December 2020

102    INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020

 
STATEMENT OF DIRECTORS’ 
RESPONSIBILITIES 

The directors are responsible for 
preparing the Annual Report and the 
financial statements in accordance 
with the Companies Act 2006 and for 
being satisfied that the Annual Report 
and financial statements, taken as a 
whole, give a fair, balanced and 
understandable view which provides 
the information necessary for 
shareholders to assess the Company’s 
position and performance, business 
model and strategy.

Company law requires the directors to 
prepare financial statements for each 
financial year. 

Under that law the directors are required 
to prepare the Group financial 
statements and have elected to prepare 
the Company financial statements in 
accordance with International Financial 
Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as 
adopted by the European Union. 

Under company law the directors must 
not approve the financial statements 
unless they are satisfied that they give 
a true and fair view of the state of 
affairs of the Group and Company and 
of the profit or loss for the Group and 
Company for that period. 

In preparing the financial statements, 
the directors are required to:

▪  select suitable accounting policies 
and then apply them consistently;

▪  make judgements and estimates that 

are reasonable and prudent;

▪  state whether they have been prepared 
in accordance with IFRSs as adopted 
by the European Union, subject to any 
material departures disclosed and 
explained in the financial statements; 

▪  prepare the financial statements on 
the going concern basis unless it is 
inappropriate to presume that the 
Company and Group will continue in 
business; and

▪  prepare a directors’ report, a strategic 
report and directors’ remuneration 
report which comply with the require-
ments of the Companies Act 2006.

The directors are responsible for keeping 
adequate accounting records that show 
and explain the Group’s transactions, 
disclose with reasonable accuracy at 
any time the financial position of the 
Company and enable them to ensure 
that the financial statements comply 
with the Companies Act 2006 and, as 
regards the Group financial statements, 
Article 4 of the IAS Regulation.

They are also responsible for safeguarding 
the assets of the Company and Group 
and hence for taking reasonable steps 
for the prevention and detection of 
fraud and other irregularities.

The directors are responsible for 
ensuring the Annual Report and the 
financial statements are made available 
on a website. Financial statements are 
published on the Company’s website 
in accordance with legislation in the 
United Kingdom governing the 
preparation and dissemination of 
financial statements, which may vary 
from legislation in other jurisdictions. 
The maintenance and integrity of the 
Company’s website is the responsibility 
of the directors. The directors’ 
responsibility also extends to the 
ongoing integrity of the financial 
statements contained therein.

Directors’ responsibilities pursuant 
to DTR4

The directors confirm to the best of 
their knowledge:

▪  The Group financial statements have 
been prepared in accordance with 
International Financial Reporting 
Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by the 
European Union and Article 4 of the 
IAS Regulation and give a true and 
fair view of the assets, liabilities, 
financial position and profit and loss 
of the Group.

The Annual Report includes a fair 
review of the development and 
performance of the business and the 
financial position of the Group and the 
parent company, together with a 
description of the principal risks and 
uncertainties that they face.

The current directors, whose names and 
functions are listed on pages 59 to 62, 
at the date of approval of this report, 
confirm that:

▪  they have taken all of the steps that 

they ought to have taken as directors 
to make themselves aware of any 
information needed by the Company’s 
auditor for the purposes of the audit, 
and to establish that the auditor is 
aware of that information;

▪  they are not aware of any relevant 

audit information of which the auditor 
is unaware;

▪  to the best of their knowledge,  

the financial statements, prepared in 
accordance with the applicable set of 
accounting standards, give a true  
and fair view of the assets, liabilities, 
financial position and profit or loss  
of the issuer and the undertakings 
included in the consolidation taken as 
a whole;

▪  the management report includes a 
fair review of the development and 
performance of the business and the 
position of the issuer and the under-
takings included in the consolidation 
taken as a whole, together with a 
description of the principal risks and 
uncertainties that they face; and

▪  the Annual Report and financial 

statements, taken as a whole, is fair, 
balanced and understandable and 
provides the information necessary 
for shareholders to assess the 
performance, strategy and business 
model of the Company and Group.

The directors consider it appropriate  
to adopt the going concern basis of 
accounting in preparing the consolidated 
financial statements as they believe 
the Group will continue to be in 
business, and meet any liabilities as 
they fall due, for a period of at least 
twelve months from the date of 
approval of the financial statements.

By order of the board, 

Helen Wakeford 
Company Secretary

16 December 2020

INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020    103

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S 
REPORT TO THE MEMBERS OF 
INTEGRAFIN HOLDINGS PLC

Opinion

We have audited the financial 
statements of IntegraFin Holdings plc 
(the ‘Parent Company’) and its 
subsidiaries (the ‘Group’) for the year 
ended 30 September 2020 which 
comprise the Consolidated Profit 
or Loss and Other Comprehensive 
Income, Company Profit or Loss 
and Other Comprehensive Income, 
Consolidated Statement of Financial 
Position, Company Statement of 
Financial Position, Consolidated 
Statement of Cash Flows,  
Company Statement of Cash Flows, 
Consolidated Statement of Changes 
in Equity, Company Statement of 
Changes in Equity and notes to the 
financial statements, including a 
summary of significant accounting 
policies. The financial reporting 
framework that has been applied in 
their preparation is applicable law 
and International Financial Reporting 
Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by the 
European Union.

In our opinion the 
financial statements:

▪  give a true and fair view of the 
state of the Group’s and of the 
Parent Company’s affairs as at 
30 September 2020 and of the 
Group’s and Parent Company’s 
profit for the year then ended;

▪  have been properly prepared in 

accordance with IFRSs as adopted 
by the European Union; and

▪  have been prepared in accordance 

with the requirements of the 
Companies Act 2006; and, as 
regards the Group financial 
statements, Article 4 of the 
IAS Regulation.

Basis for opinion

We conducted our audit in accordance 
with International Standards on 
Auditing (UK) (ISAs (UK)) and 
applicable law. Our responsibilities 
under those standards are further 
described in the Auditor’s responsibilities 
for the audit of the financial statements 
section of our report. We are independent 
of the Group and the Parent Company 
in accordance with the ethical 
requirements that are relevant to our 
audit of the financial statements in 
the UK, including the FRC’s Ethical 
Standard as applied to listed public 
interest entities, and we have fulfilled 
our other ethical responsibilities in 
accordance with these requirements. 
We believe that the audit evidence 
we have obtained is sufficient and 
appropriate to provide a basis for 
our opinion.

Conclusions relating to principal 
risks, going concern and viability 
statement

We have nothing to report in respect 
of the following information in the 
Annual Report, in relation to which 
the ISAs (UK) require us to report 
to you whether we have anything 
material to add or draw attention to:

▪  the directors’ confirmation set out 
on page 42 in the Annual Report 
that they have carried out a robust 
assessment of the Group’s emerging 
and principal risks and the disclosures 
in the Annual Report that describe 
the principal risks and the procedures 
in place to identify emerging risks 
and explain how they are being 
managed or mitigated;

▪  the directors’ statement set out on 
page 48 in the financial statements 
about whether the directors 
considered it appropriate to adopt 
the going concern basis of 
accounting in preparing the financial 

statements and the directors’ 
identification of any material 
uncertainties to the Group and the 
Parent Company’s ability to continue 
to do so over a period of at least 
twelve months from the date of 
approval of the financial statements;

▪  whether the directors’ statement 

relating to going concern required 
under the Listing Rules in accordance 
with Listing Rule 9.8.6R(3) is 
materially inconsistent with our 
knowledge obtained in the audit; or

▪  the directors’ explanation set out 
on page 48 in the Annual Report 
as to how they have assessed the 
prospects of the Group, over what 
period they have done so and why 
they consider that period to be 
appropriate, and their statement as 
to whether they have a reasonable 
expectation that the Group will be 
able to continue in operation and 
meet its liabilities as they fall due 
over the period of their assessment, 
including any related disclosures 
drawing attention to any necessary 
qualifications or assumptions.

Key audit matters

Key audit matters are those matters 
that, in our professional judgment, 
were of most significance in our audit 
of the financial statements of the 
current period and include the most 
significant assessed risks of material 
misstatement (whether or not due to 
fraud) that we identified, including 
those which had the greatest effect 
on: the overall audit strategy, the 
allocation of resources in the audit; 
and directing the efforts of the 
engagement team. These matters 
were addressed in the context of our 
audit of the financial statements as 
a whole, and in forming our opinion 
thereon, and we do not provide a 
separate opinion on these matters.

104    INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020

Risk description

How our audit addressed the risk

Completeness, existence, 
and accuracy of revenue

There are various performance 
incentive schemes in place which mean 
management may be incentivised to 
overstate revenue. We therefore 
consider the existence of revenue to 
be a significant risk. 

Revenue is automatically calculated by 
the IT system based on Transact 
(Integrated Financial Arrangement Ltd’s 
(IFAL’s) trading name) published rates. 
There is a risk that revenue may be 
misstated due to errors in system 
calculations or manual processes. The 
key risks in IFAL, IntegraLife UK 
Limited and IntegraLife International 
Limited is that fees are not calculated 
in line with commissions and charges 
schedules in place. We therefore 
consider the completeness, existence 
and accuracy of revenue to be a 
significant risk.

As disclosed in note 1d and note 5 of 
the financial statements, management 
and the board categorise revenue into 
three sub categories:

▪  Annual commission income charged 
for the administration of products on 
the Transact platform (“IAS”);

▪  Wrapper fee income charged for 
each of the tax wrappers held by 
clients; and

▪  Other income comprising 

buy commission and 
dealing charges.

Controls testing:

We tested the controls in place over accuracy of inputs into the Integrated 
Administration System (IAS) IT platform, as these represent key controls over the 
accuracy and completeness of revenue recognition. These procedures included:

▪  Testing the controls over the opening of new client portfolios, as the number of 
clients impacts the value of the Funds under Direction (FUD) and the number of 
wrappers on wrappers (investment products) on which revenue is generated from;

▪  Testing the execution controls in place over trade instructions from clients to 
provide assurance over accuracy and existence of revenue generated from  
these trades;

▪  Testing the controls in place covering the identification and resolution of rejected 

trades to provide assurance over the accuracy of revenue recognised; and

▪  Testing the controls in place covering the approval of fee exceptions (e.g. staff 

discounts) as changes in rates could affect revenue recognised.

We tested the controls in place covering client money and custody asset records 
held within the IAS IT system as revenue is generated from these balances which 
comprise the Funds Under Direction (FUD). The control procedures provided assurance 
over the integrity of the data within the IAS IT system: These procedures included:

▪ Testing the controls over external and internal client money reconciliations

▪ Testing the controls over external and physical custody asset reconciliations; and

▪  Testing the controls in place covering the Internal System Evaluation Monitoring 
procedures (“ISEM”) which encompasses management’s controls in place over 
completeness and accuracy of IAS records, for both individual client records and 
for aggregate records of assets. These controls also cover the systems and controls 
in place that identify and resolve discrepancies in any records of custody assets.

Tests of detail procedures:

▪  We tested the accuracy and completeness of revenue by performing a recalculation 

of key income streams comprising annual commission; buy commission and 
wrapper fee income, with reference to stated commission rates. This was then 
compared against the amount recognised in the financial statements.

▪  We agreed a sample of off balance sheet FUD holdings to third party 

custodian statements.

▪  We agreed a sample of share prices in the IAS system to third party sources.

▪  We validated the key inputs into the revenue recalculation by corroborating them 

to supporting documentation and testing the report logic within the IAS IT system, 
and 

▪  We assessed the revenue accounting policies and confirmed they are applicable  

to International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by the  
European Union. 

Separately, we reviewed the breaches register, complaints register and FCA 
correspondence in the year in respect of IFAL to determine whether there was any 
indication of control failures.

Key observations:

From testing we have concluded revenue to be appropriately stated and categorised.

INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020    105

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  continued

Risk description

How our audit addressed the risk

Our application of materiality

Accuracy of the provision for 
IntegraLife UK Limited (‘ILUK’) 
policyholder tax (Note 30 of the 
financial statements)

ILUK holds life policies which are 
subject to the ‘I minus E’ tax regime. 
This regime determines how much 
tax should be paid to HMRC and aims 
to tax both the policyholders and 
shareholders (Notes 11 and 12 of the 
financial statements).

Given complexities in insurance tax 
regimes there is a risk that the 
provision for policyholder tax is 
incorrectly calculated. 

An overstatement error in the 
policyholder tax provision was 
identified by the Component auditor 
which has led to a prior year 
restatement as outlined in note 39.

We apply the concept of materiality 
both in planning and performing our 
audit, and in evaluating the effect 
of misstatements. We consider 
materiality to be the magnitude by 
which misstatements, including 
omissions, could influence the 
economic decisions of reasonable 
users that are taken on the basis of 
the financial statements. Importantly, 
misstatements below these levels  
will not necessarily be evaluated as 
immaterial as we also take account 
of the nature of identified 
misstatements, and the particular 
circumstances of their occurrence, 
when evaluating their effect on the 
financial statements as a whole.

Based on professional judgement, 
we determined materiality for the 
financial statements as a whole 
as follows:

In order to address this risk we 
performed the following procedures:

▪  Inquiries with executive management 

to understand the nature of the matter 
identified and their view on the 
principles to be applied in the 
policyholder tax calculation which 
results in the provision.

▪  We consulted with our insurance tax 

specialist and directed them to engage 
directly with executive management of 
ILUK and the Component auditor’s 
specialists.

▪  Based on the above, directed our 

insurance tax specialist to form a view 
on the tax principles identified resulting 
in the error

▪  We carried out a detailed review of the 
work of the Component auditor in this 
regard, which included a review 
performed by our insurance tax 
specialist which included:

▪  A review of the component auditor tax 

specialists memorandum to the 
component audit team; and

▪  A review of the component auditors 
working papers on the policyholder 
tax provision, including their work on 
the correcting journal entry.

▪  Reviewed the appropriateness of 

disclosure in terms of IAS 8 Accounting 
Policies, Changes in Accounting 
Estimates and Errors relating to the 
prior year adjustment disclosed in note 
39 of the financial statements.

Key observations:

Based on the work undertaken we 
consider the prior year restatement as 
outlined in note 39 to the financial 
statements to be appropriate.

106    INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020

Materiality

Basis for determining materiality

Parent company  
financial statements

Overall materiality: 
£460k (2019: £415k)

Performance materiality: 
£345k (2019: (£311k)

We used 1% of total assets of 
£45.99m (2019: £41.5m) as  
the basis of materiality as the 
Company is the parent entity of 
the Group, and does not earn 
any income other than dividends 
from subsidiary entities. 

Performance materiality was 
calculated using 75% of overall 
materiality based on our risk 
assessment procedures and the 
expectation of a low level of 
misstatements.

Group financial statements

Overall materiality: 
£2.71m (2019: £2.45m)

Performance materiality: 
£2.03m (2019: £1.84m)

The principal measure considered 
in both the current and prior year 
was a benchmark of 5% of profit on 
ordinary activities before taxation 
attributable to shareholders of £54.21m 
(2019: £48.9m).

Profit on ordinary activities before 
taxation attributable to shareholders 
has been used as we consider this to be 
the most significant determinant of the 
Group’s financial performance used by 
shareholders and other users of the 
financial statements.

Performance materiality was calculated 
using 75% of overall materiality based 
on our risk assessment procedures 
and the expectation of a low level 
of misstatements. 

Materiality for policyholder assets 
and liabilities

Overall materiality: 
£183.65m (2019: £168.86m)

Not applicable

Basis for determining materiality

Not applicable

Performance materiality: 
£137.74m (2019: £126.6m)

Based on the guidance on the audit of 
insurers issued in the United Kingdom 
issued by the Financial Reporting Council 
(FRC) we have applied a higher materiality 
for policyholder assets and liabilities, solely 
for the purpose of identifying and evaluating 
the effect of misstatements that are likely 
only to lead to a reclassification between 
line items within assets and liabilities.

The entities manage investment linked 
assets on behalf of their clients (long 
term insurance business). Any liability 
owed to its client is covered by the assets 
held by the entities and the investment 
return derived on the associated assets  
is offset by the change in provision for 
investment contract liabilities. 

Therefore using 1% of total assets 
is appropriate for determining this 
materiality level.

INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020    107

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  continued

For each component in the scope 
of our Group audit, we allocated 
a materiality that is less than our 
overall Group materiality. 

Audits of the components were 
performed at a materiality level 
calculated by reference to a proportion 
of group materiality appropriate to 
the relative scale of the business 
concerned. All significant components 
were audited to an overall materiality 
of £2.44m (2019: £2.21m) and 
£165.28m (£151.97m) was used for 
the application of a higher materiality 
for the policyholder assets and liabilities.

We agreed with the Audit Committee 
that we would report to them all 
individual audit differences identified 
during the course of our audit in 
excess of £54,000 (2019: £49,000).

For policyholder assets and 
liabilities and associated income 
statement line items we agreed 
with the Audit Committee that we 
would report to the Committee all 
individual audit differences identified 
during the course of our audit in 
excess of £3.31m (2019: £3.4m). 
We also agreed to report differences 
below these thresholds that, in our 
view, warranted reporting on 
qualitative grounds.

An overview of the scope 
of our audit

Our audit approach was developed 
by obtaining an understanding of the 
Group’s activities and the overall 
control environment. Based on this 
understanding we assessed those 
aspects of the Group’s transactions 
and balances which were most likely to 
give rise to a material misstatement.

As part of designing our audit, we 
determined materiality and assessed 
the risks of material misstatement in 
the financial statements. In particular, 
we looked at where the directors 
made subjective judgements.

We performed an assessment to 
determine which components were 
significant to the Group. All components 
which financially contributed greater 
than 15% of the Group’s profit before 
tax, net assets or total expenses 
were identified as significant and 
subject to a full scope audit of their 
complete financial information.

Five components were considered  
to be financially significant to the 
Group, with four of them being 
located in the United Kingdom and 
one being located in the Isle of Man. 
All five components were subject to 
a full scope audit. The work for three 
of the components: Integrated 
Financial Arrangements Ltd, 
IntegraFin Services Limited and 
Transact IP Limited (all within the 
United Kingdom) was performed by 
the Group audit team and the other 
two: ILUK and IntegraLife International 
Limited were performed by the 
component auditors in the Isle of 
Man, outside of the BDO network.  
We had overall responsibility for 
directing and supervising the work  
of component auditors.

108    INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020

There are inherent limitations in the 
audit procedures described above and 
the further removed non-compliance 
with laws and regulations is from the 
events and transactions reflected in 
the financial statements, the less 
likely we would become aware of it. 
We also addressed the risk of 
management override of internal 
controls, including testing journals 
and evaluating whether there was 
evidence of bias by the directors that 
represented a risk of material 
misstatement due to fraud.

As part of our audit strategy, 
as Group auditors we undertook 
the following:

▪  Detailed Group reporting 

instructions were sent to the 
component auditor, which included 
the significant areas to be covered 
by the audit (including areas that 
were considered to be key audit 
matters as detailed above), and set 
out the information required to be 
reported to the Group audit team.

▪  We performed a review of the 

component audit files remotely and 
held calls and meetings with the 
component audit team during the 
planning, execution and completion 
phases of their audit.

▪  The Group audit team was actively 

involved in the direction of the 
audits performed by the component 
auditors for Group reporting 
purposes, along with the 
consideration of findings and 
determination of conclusions drawn. 

For components that we considered 
to be non-significant, these 
components were principally subject 
to analytical review procedures 
performed by BDO as the Group 
auditor, together with additional 
testing over audit risk areas.

Capability of the audit to detect 
irregularities, including fraud 

We gained an understanding of the 
legal and regulatory framework 
applicable to the Group and the 
industry in which it operates, and 
considered the risk of acts by the 
Group which were contrary to 
applicable laws and regulations, 
including fraud. These included but 
were not limited to compliance with 
Companies Act 2006, IFRSs as 
adopted by the European Union, the 
Financial Conduct Authority’s 
regulations and the Listing Rules.

We designed audit procedures to 
respond to the risk, recognising that 
the risk of not detecting a material 
misstatement due to fraud is higher 
than the risk of not detecting one 
resulting from error, as fraud may 
involve deliberate concealment by, for 
example, forgery, misrepresentations 
or through collusion.

We focused on laws and regulations 
that could give rise to a material 
misstatement in the financial 
statements. Our tests included, 
but were not limited to:

▪  agreement of the financial 

statement disclosures to underlying 
supporting documentation; 

▪  enquiries of management regarding 
instances of non-compliance and 
contingent liabilities; 

▪  review of correspondence 

with the regulator; 

▪  review of minutes of board 

meetings for discussions around 
potential irregularities throughout 
the period; and 

▪  considering the effectiveness of the 
control environment in monitoring 
compliance with laws and regulations 

INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020    109

 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  continued

Other information

The directors are responsible for 
the other information. The other 
information comprises the information 
included in the Annual Report, other 
than the financial statements and our 
auditor’s report thereon. Our opinion 
on the financial statements does not 
cover the other information and, 
except to the extent otherwise 
explicitly stated in our report, we do 
not express any form of assurance 
conclusion thereon.

In connection with our audit of the 
financial statements, our responsibility 
is to read the other information and, 
in doing so, consider whether the other 
information is materially inconsistent 
with the financial statements or our 
knowledge obtained in the audit or 
otherwise appears to be materially 
misstated. If we identify such material 
inconsistencies or apparent material 
misstatements, we are required to 
determine whether there is a material 
misstatement in the financial statements 
or a material misstatement of the 
other information. If, based on the 
work we have performed, we conclude 
that there is a material misstatement 
of the other information, we are 
required to report that fact.

We have nothing to report in 
this regard.

In this context, we also have 
nothing to report in regard to our 
responsibility to specifically address 
the following items in the other 
information and to report as 
uncorrected material misstatements 
of the other information where we 
conclude that those items meet the 
following conditions:

▪  Fair, balanced and understandable 

set out on page 103 – the 
statement given by the directors 
that they consider the Annual 
Report and financial statements 
taken as a whole is fair, balanced 
and understandable and provides 
the information necessary for 
shareholders to assess the Group’s 
position, performance, business 
model and strategy, is materially 
inconsistent with our knowledge 
obtained in the audit; or

▪  Audit committee reporting set 
out on pages 69 to 72 – the 
section describing the work of  
the audit committee does not 
appropriately address matters 
communicated by us to the audit 
committee; or

▪  Directors’ statement of 
compliance with the UK 
Corporate Governance Code set 
out on page 49 – the parts of the 
directors’ statement required under 
the Listing Rules relating to the 
Company’s compliance with the  
UK Corporate Governance Code 
containing provisions specified for 
review by the auditor in accordance 
with Listing Rule 9.8.10R(2) do not 
properly disclose a departure from  
a relevant provision of the UK 
Corporate Governance Code.

110    INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020

Opinions on other 
matters prescribed by the 
Companies Act 2006

In our opinion, the part of the 
directors’ remuneration report 
to be audited has been properly 
prepared in accordance with the 
Companies Act 2006.

In our opinion, based on the work 
undertaken in the course of the audit:

▪  the information given in the 

strategic report and the directors’ 
report for the financial year for 
which the financial statements are 
prepared is consistent with the 
financial statements; and

▪  the strategic report and the 
directors’ report have been 
prepared in accordance with 
applicable legal requirements. 

Responsibilities of directors

As explained more fully in the 
directors’ responsibilities statement 
set out on page 103, the directors 
are responsible for the preparation  
of the financial statements and for 
being satisfied that they give a true 
and fair view, and for such internal 
control as the directors determine is 
necessary to enable the preparation 
of financial statements that are free 
from material misstatement, whether 
due to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, 
the directors are responsible for 
assessing the Group’s and the Parent 
Company’s ability to continue as a 
going concern, disclosing, as applicable, 
matters related to going concern and 
using the going concern basis of 
accounting unless the directors either 
intend to liquidate the Group or the 
Parent Company or to cease operations, 
or have no realistic alternative but to 
do so.

Matters on which we are required 
to report by exception

In the light of the knowledge and 
understanding of the Group and 
Parent Company and its environment 
obtained in the course of the audit, 
we have not identified material 
misstatements in the strategic report 
or the directors’ report.

We have nothing to report in respect 
of the following matters in relation 
to which the Companies Act 2006 
requires us to report to you if, in 
our opinion:

▪  adequate accounting records have 

not been kept by the Parent 
Company, or returns adequate for 
our audit have not been received 
from branches not visited by us; or

▪  the Parent Company financial 

statements and the part of the 
directors’ remuneration report to be 
audited are not in agreement with the 
accounting records and returns; or

▪  certain disclosures of directors’ 

remuneration specified by law are 
not made; or

▪  we have not received all the 

information and explanations we 
require for our audit.

INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020    111

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  continued

Auditor’s responsibilities for the 
audit of the financial statements

Other matters which we are 
required to address

Our objectives are to obtain 
reasonable assurance about whether 
the financial statements as a whole 
are free from material misstatement, 
whether due to fraud or error, and to 
issue an auditor’s report that includes 
our opinion. Reasonable assurance is 
a high level of assurance, but is not a 
guarantee that an audit conducted in 
accordance with ISAs (UK) will always 
detect a material misstatement when 
it exists. Misstatements can arise from 
fraud or error and are considered 
material if, individually or in the 
aggregate, they could reasonably be 
expected to influence the economic 
decisions of users taken on the basis 
of these financial statements.

A further description of our 
responsibilities for the audit of 
the financial statements is located  
on the Financial Reporting Council’s 
website at: www.frc.org.uk/
auditorsresponsibilities.  
This description forms part of our 
auditor’s report.

Following the recommendation of the 
Audit Committee, we were appointed 
by the Board of Directors to audit the 
financial statements for the year ending 
30 September 2011 and subsequent 
years. We were reappointed by the 
members at the AGM on 20 February 
2020 to audit the financial statements 
for the year ending 30 September 2020. 
The period of total uninterrupted 
engagement, including previous 
renewals and reappointments of the 
firm, is 10 years, covering the years 
ending 30 September 2011 to 
30 September 2020.

The non-audit services prohibited by 
the FRC’s Ethical Standard were not 
provided to the Group or the Parent 
Company and we remain independent 
of the Group and the Parent Company 
in conducting our audit.

In addition to the statutory audit,  
we have provided the following 
permissible audit related services to 
the Group in the period; an interim 
review for the Group; quarterly profit 
reviews, two SIPP audits, country by 
country reporting review and a client 
money audit for the subsidiary 
Integrated Financial Arrangements Ltd. 

Our audit opinion is consistent  
with the additional report to the  
audit committee.

112    INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020

Use of our report

This report is made solely to the Parent 
Company’s members, as a body,  
in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 
of the Companies Act 2006. Our audit 
work has been undertaken so that we 
might state to the Parent Company’s 
members those matters we are required 
to state to them in an auditor’s report 
and for no other purpose. To the fullest 
extent permitted by law, we do not accept 
or assume responsibility to anyone 
other than the Parent Company and 
the Parent Company’s members as a 
body, for our audit work, for this report, 
or for the opinions we have formed.

Justin Chait   
(Senior Statutory Auditor)

For and on behalf of BDO LLP, 
Statutory Auditor

London, UK

16 December 2020

BDO LLP is a limited liability partnership 
registered in England and Wales  
(with registered number OC305127).

INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020    113

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  continued

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

Revenue

Fee income

Cost of sales

Gross profit

Administrative expenses

Credit loss allowance on financial assets

Net income attributable to policyholder returns

Operating profit

Note

5

8

23

12

2020
£’000

2019 
(restated)
£’000

107,320

(865)

106,455

99,165

(806)

98,359

(51,016)

(48,773)

(176)

(3,066)

52,197

(20)

7,115

56,681

Operating profit attributable to policyholder returns

12

(3,066)

7,115

Operating profit attributable to shareholder returns

55,263

49,566

Change in investment contract liabilities

Fee and commission expenses

Investment returns

Interest expense

Interest income

Profit on ordinary activities before taxation

Profit on ordinary activities before taxation  
attributable to policyholder returns

Profit on ordinary activities before taxation  
attributable to shareholder returns

Policyholder tax

Tax on profit on ordinary activities

Profit for the financial year

Other comprehensive income

Exchange gains/(losses) arising on translation of foreign operations

Total other comprehensive income for the financial year

Total comprehensive income for the financial year

Earnings per share

Earnings per share – basic and diluted

All activities of the Group are classed as continuing.

Notes 1 to 40 form part of these financial statements

114    INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020

20

20

10

26

9

82,895

(137,536)

54,677

(233)

256

(554,767)

(125,618)

680,422

-

308

     52,256

     57,026

12

(3,066)

7,115

12

11

55,322

49,911

3,066

(6,969)

(9,838)

45,484

(8,950)

41,107

22

22

(20)

(20)

45,506

41,087

7

13.7p

12.4p

COMPANY STATEMENT OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

Revenue

Cost of sales

Gross profit

Administrative expenses

Credit loss allowance on financial assets

Operating loss

Dividend income

Interest income

Profit on ordinary activities before taxation

Tax on profit on ordinary activities

Profit for the financial year

Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income for the financial year

All activities of the Company are classed as continuing.

Note

2020
£’000

2019
£’000

-

-

-

-

-

-

(1,208)

(85)

(1,293)

(1,096)

(24)

(1,120)

32,326

30,118

91

66

           31,124

29,064

-

-

31,124

29,064

-

-

31,124

29,064

8

18

38

9

11

Notes 1 to 40 form part of these financial statements

INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020    115

           
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  continued

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION

Non-current assets
Loans
Intangible assets
Property, plant and equipment
Right of use assets
Deferred tax asset
Deferred acquisition costs

Current assets
Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss
Other prepayments and accrued income
Trade and other receivables
Investments held for the benefit of policyholders
Cash and cash equivalents
Current tax asset

Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Lease liabilities
Liabilities for linked investment contracts
Current tax liabilities

Non-current liabilities
Provisions
Lease liabilities
Deferred income liability
Deferred tax liabilities

Net assets

Capital and reserves
Called up equity share capital
Capital redemption reserve
Share-based payment reserve
Employee Benefit Trust reserve
Foreign exchange reserve
Non-distributable reserves
Non-distributable insurance reserves
Profit or loss account
Total equity

Note

18
13
14
15
28
17

22
23
24
19
21

25
26
20

30
26
27
28

31
32
33
34
34
34

2020
£’000

2,647
12,951
2,313
3,961
489
53,482
75,843

5,051
14,412
3,556
16,727,208
1,539,843
53
18,290,123

18,366
2,375
18,112,935
-
18,133,676

25,208
3,712
53,482
8,968
91,370

2019 
(restated)
£’000

1 October 
2018
£’000

1,185
12,951
2,405
-
157
50,443
67,141

5,066
13,082
7,189
15,454,769
1,342,619
-
16,822,725

17,024
-
16,665,048
3,987
16,686,059

18,230
-
50,443
13,248
81,921

1,189
12,966
1,813
-
44
46,073
62,085

6,219
11,471
4,591
13,376,481
1,230,301
-
14,629,063

14,764
-
14,489,933
3,702
14,508,399

13,756
-
46,073
12,570
72,399

140,920

121,886

110,350

3,313
2
1,698
(1,103)
(22)
5,722
501
130,809
140,920

3,313
2
1,008
(275)
(44)
5,722
501
111,659
121,886

3,313
2
530
-
(24)
5,722
501
100,306
110,350

These financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors on 16 December 2020 and are signed on their 
behalf by:

Alexander Scott 
Director 
Company Registration Number: 08860879

Notes 1 to 40 form part of these financial statements

116    INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020

 
COMPANY STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION

Non-current assets
Investment in subsidiaries
Loans

Current assets
Prepayments
Other receivables
Cash and cash equivalents

Current liabilities
Trade and other payables

Net assets

Capital and reserves
Called up equity share capital
Profit or loss account
Share-based payment reserve
Employee Benefit Trust reserve
Total equity

Note

2020
£’000

2019
£’000

16
18

23
24

25

32
33

16,832
2,647
19,479

56
342
26,090
26,488

491
491

15,800
1,184
16,984

30
86
24,342
24,458

518
518

45,476

40,924

3,313
41,962
1,070
(869)
45,476

3,313
37,006
880
(275)
40,924

These financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors on 16 December 2020 and are signed on their 
behalf by:

Alexander Scott 
Director
Company Registration Number: 08860879

Notes 1 to 40 form part of these financial statements

INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020    117

 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  continued

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

Cash flows from operating activities

Profit before tax

Adjustments for:

Amortisation and depreciation

Share-based payment charge

Interest on cash held

Interest charged on lease

Investment returns

Increase in policyholder tax recoverable

Decrease in current asset investments

Decrease/(increase) in trade and other receivables

Increase in trade and other payables

Increase in provisions

Decrease in share-based payment reserve

2020
£’000

2019 
(restated) 
£’000

52,256

57,026 

2,571

1,776

(256)

              234

 (36)

(1,515)

15

55,045

2,305 

3,858 

6,978 

(1,126)

669 

1,237 

(308) 

-

(37) 

-

1,153 

59,740

(4,211) 

2,260 

5,041 

- 

Increase in investments held for the benefit of policyholders

Increase in liabilities for linked investment contracts

(1,272,440)

(2,078,288)

1,447,887

2,175,115

Cash generated from operations

242,507

159,657 

Income taxes paid

Interest paid on lease liabilities

    (13,803)

(15,633) 

      (234) 

-

Net cash flows from operating activities

228,470

144,024

Investing activities

Acquisition of tangible assets

Decrease/(increase) in loans

Interest on cash held

Investment returns

Net cash used in investing activities

Financing activities

Purchase of own shares in Employee Benefit Trust

Settlement of share-based payment reserve

Equity dividends paid

Repayment of lease liabilities

Net cash used in financing activities

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

Exchange gain/(losses) on cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

Notes 1 to 40 form part of these financial statements

118    INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020

(859) 

(1,462) 

256 

36 

(1,246) 

3 

308 

37 

(2,029) 

(898)

(828) 

- 

(275) 

(706)

(26,158) 

(29,807) 

         (2,244)

-

 (29,230) 

(30,788)

197,211 

112,338

1,342,619 

1,230,301

13 

(20)

1,539,843 

1,342,619

 
 
           
 
 
 
COMPANY STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

Cash flows from operating activities

Loss before interest and dividends

Adjustments for:

Increase in trade and other receivables

Decrease in trade and other payables

Net cash flows from operating activities

Investing activities

Dividends received

Interest received

Decrease/(increase) in loans

Net cash generated from investing activities

Financing activities

Purchase of own shares in Employee Benefit Trust

Settlement of share-based payment reserve

Equity dividends paid

Net cash used in financing activities

2020
£’000

2019
£’000

(1,293)

(1,120)

(306)

(4)

(30)

(205)

(1,603)

(1,355)

32,326

91

(1,462)

30,955

30,118

66

3

30,187

(594)

(843)

(275)

(706)

(26,167)

(29,818)

(27,604)

(30,799)

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

1,748

(1,967)

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

24,342

26,090

26,309

24,342

INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020    119

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  continued

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

Non-
distrib- 
utable 
reserves
£’000

Share 
capital
£’000

 Other 
reserves
£’000

Share-
based 
payment 
reserve
£’000

Non-
distrib- 
utable 
insurance 
reserves
£’000

Employee 
Benefit 
Trust
£’000

Retained 
earnings
£’000

Total 
equity
£’000

Balance at 1 October 2018

3,313

5,722

(22)

Correction of retained earnings

-

-

-

Restated balance at 1 October 2018

3,313

5,722

(22)

530

-

530

501

-

501

-

-

94,899 104,943

5,408

5,408

- 100,307 110,351

Comprehensive income for 
the year:

Profit for the year

Movement in currency translation

Total comprehensive income 
for the year

Distributions to owners:

Dividends

Share based payment reserve

Settlement of share based 
payment expense

Purchase of own shares in EBT 

Other movement

Total distributions to owners

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(20)

(20)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

1,237

(707)

-

(52)

478

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(275)

41,107

41,107

-

(20)

41,107

41,087

(29,807)

(29,807)

-

-

-

1,237

(707)

(275)

-

-

52

(275) (29,755) (29,552)

Balance at 1 October 2019

3,313

5,722

(42)

1,008

501

(275) 111,659 121,886

Impact of IFRS 16

Deferred tax on IFRS 16

Adjusted balance at 1 October 
2019 

Comprehensive income for 
the year:

Profit for the year

Movement in currency translation

Total comprehensive income 
for the year

Distributions to owners:

Share-based payment expense 

Settlement of share based 
payment

Purchase of own shares in EBT

Excess tax relief charged to equity

Other movement

Dividends paid

Total distributions to owners

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(240)

(240)

31

31

3,313

5,722

(42)

1,008

501

(275) 111,450 121,677

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

22

22

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

1,776

(1,126)

-

73

(33)

-

690

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(828)

-

-

-

45,484

45,484

-

22

45,484

45,506

-

-

-

-

33

1,776

(1,126)

(828)

73

-

(26,158)

(26,158)

(828) (26,125) (26,263)

Balance at 30 September 2020

3,313

5,722

(20)

1,698

501 (1,103) 130,809 140,920

Notes 1 to 40 form part of these financial statements

120    INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020

COMPANY STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

Share-  
based 
payment 
reserve
£’000

Share capital
£’000

Employee 
Benefit Trust
£’000

Retained 
earnings
£’000

Total equity
£’000

Balance at 1 October 2018

3,313

350

Comprehensive income for the year:

Profit for the year

Total comprehensive income for the year

Distributions to owners:

Dividends

Share-based payment expense

Settlement of share-based payments 

Purchase of own shares in EBT

Total distributions to owners

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Balance at 1 October 2019

3,313

Comprehensive income for the year:

Profit for the year

Total comprehensive income for the year

Distributions to owners:

Dividends

Share-based payment expense

Settlement of share-based payments

Purchase of own shares in EBT

Total distributions to owners

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

1,237

(707)

-

530

880

-

-

-

1,032

(843)

-

189

-

-

-

-

-

-

(275)

37,760

41,423

29,064

29,064

29,064

29,064

(29,818)

(29,818)

-

-

-

1,237

(707)

(275)

(275)

(29,818)

(29,563)

(275)

37,006

40,924

-

-

-

-

-

(594)

31,124

31,124

31,124

31,124

(26,167)

(26,167)

-

-

-

189

-

(594)

(594)

(26,167)

(26,572)

Balance at 30 September 2020

3,313

1,069

(869)

41,963

45,476

INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020    121

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  continued

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1.  Basis of preparation and significant accounting policies

General information 

IntegraFin Holdings plc (the “Company”), a public limited company incorporated and domiciled in the United Kingdom 
(“UK”), along with its subsidiaries (collectively the “Group”), offers a market leading investment platform which 
enables advisers to implement financial plans as simply and efficiently as possible.

The registered office address, and principle place of business, is 29 Clement’s Lane, London, EC4N 7AE. 

a) Basis of preparation 

The financial statements have been prepared and approved by the Directors in accordance with International Financial 
Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as endorsed by the European Union (“EU”) and those parts of the Companies Act 2006 
applicable to companies reporting under IFRS. 

The financial statements have been prepared on the historical cost basis, except for the revaluation of certain  
financial instruments, which are stated at their fair value, have been prepared in pound sterling, which is the 
functional currency of the Company and are rounded to the nearest thousand. 

Going concern 

The financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis, following an assessment by the board.

Going concern is assessed over the 12 month period from when the Annual Report is approved, and the board 
has concluded that the Group has adequate resources to continue in operational existence for the next 12 months. 
This is supported by:

▪   The current financial position of the Group;

▪  The Group maintains a conservative balance sheet and manages and monitors solvency and liquidity on an 

ongoing basis, ensuring that it always has sufficient financial resources for the foreseeable future. 

▪  As at 30 September 2020, the Group had £154 million of shareholder cash on the balance sheet, 

demonstrating that liquidity remains strong. 

▪  Detailed cash flow and working capital projections; and

▪  Stress-testing of liquidity, profitability and regulatory capital, taking account of possible adverse changes in trading 

performance, including the impact of COVID-19.

When making this assessment, the board has taken into consideration both the Group’s current performance and the 
future outlook, including the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic. Market volatility and uncertainty is expected to 
continue for some time, due to the pandemic and the effect of measures taken to combat it, but the Group’s 
fundamentals remain strong. 

As detailed in the Going Concern and Viability Statement (page 48), stress and scenario testing has been carried out, 
in order to understand the potential financial impacts of severe, yet plausible, scenarios on the Group. The following 
scenarios have been considered that give specific consideration to COVID-19:

▪  A prolonged economic downturn as COVID-19 cases increase, leading to a reduced investor propensity for savings;

▪  Loss of investor confidence in capital and investment markets due to an extended period of pandemic, combined 

with the end of the transitional period with the EU;

▪  Loss of investor confidence (as above), combined with an internal cyber-attack.

Having conducted detailed cash flow and working capital projections, and stress-tested liquidity, profitability and 
regulatory capital, taking account of the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and further possible adverse changes 
in trading performance, the board is satisfied that the Group is well placed to manage its business risks.

122    INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020

The board is also satisfied that it will be able to operate within the regulatory capital limits imposed by the Financial 
Conduct Authority (FCA), Prudential Regulation Authority (PRA), and Isle Man Financial Services Authority (IoM FSA). 
Accordingly, the board does not believe a material uncertainty exists that would have an effect on the going concern 
of the Group and have prepared the financial statements on a going concern basis.  

Basis of consolidation

The consolidated financial statements incorporate the financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries.  
Where the Company has control over an investee, it is classified as a subsidiary. The Company controls an investee 
if all three of the following elements are present: power over the investee, exposure to variable returns from 
the investee, and the ability of the investor to use its power to affect those variable returns. Control is reassessed 
whenever facts and circumstances indicate that there may be a change in any of these elements of control. 

Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which control is obtained by the Company and are deconsolidated 
from the date that control ceases. Acquisitions are accounted for under the acquisition method. Intercompany 
transactions, balances, income and expenses, and profits and losses are eliminated. 

The financial statements of all of the wholly owned subsidiary companies are incorporated into the consolidated 
financial statements. Two of these subsidiaries, IntegraLife International Limited (ILInt) and IntegraLife UK Limited 
(ILUK) issue contracts with the legal form of insurance contracts, but which do not transfer significant insurance risk 
from the policyholder to the Company, and which are therefore accounted for as investment contracts. 

In accordance with IFRS 9, the contracts concerned are therefore reflected in the consolidated statement of financial 
position as investments held for the benefit of policyholders, and a corresponding liability to policyholders.

b) New accounting standards

IFRS 16 Leases

The Group adopted IFRS 16 on 1 October 2019. The Group used the modified retrospective approach of transition, 
which uses the net effect of applying IFRS 16 on the first day of the first accounting period in which the new standard 
is applied. 

The recognised right of use assets all relate to rental leases for the offices of the Group previously classified as 
“operating leases”. Such leases have varying terms, clauses and renewal rights.

The Group recognises a right of use asset and corresponding lease liability on the date a leased asset is made 
available for use by the Group, except for short term leases (defined as leases with a lease term of 12 months or less) 
and leases of low value assets. For these leases, the Group recognises the lease payments as an operating expenses 
on a straight line basis over the term of lease. 

On commencement date, the Group measured the lease liability as the present value of all future lease payments, 
discounted using the incremental borrowing rate of 3.2% at the date of transition. The Group’s incremental borrowing 
rate is the rate at which a similar borrowing could be obtained from an independent creditor under comparable terms 
and conditions.

The standard allows companies to apply practical expedients when using the modified retrospective approach of 
transition. The Group has chosen to use a single discount rate to its portfolio of leases as they all have reasonably 
similar characteristics. 

The right of use asset was measured at its net book value, assuming it had been capitalised and depreciated from 
inception. The net effect is recognised through an adjustment to retained earnings. Prior periods have not been restated.

The table below shows the impact on retained earnings of recognising the asset and the corresponding liabilities for 
each of the leases, and the release of the rent free reserve. 

Right of use assets – 1 October 2019

Lease liabilities – 1 October 2019

Release of rent free reserve liability

Reduction to retained earnings – 1 October

£5.6m

(£8.3m)

£2.5m

(£0.2m)

INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020    123

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  continued

Details of the right of use asset and the lease liability are set out in Notes 15 and 26 respectively.

The following is a reconciliation of total operating lease commitments at 30 September 2019 (as disclosed in the 
Annual Report to 30 September 2019) to the lease liabilities recognised at 1 October 2019:

Lease commitments - 1 October 2019

Discounted using incremental borrowing rate

Lease liabilities on adoption of IFRS 16 – 1 October 2019

£’000

8,841

(505)

8,336

No other standards or amendments adopted in the period had a material effect on the financial statements.

c) Future standards, amendments to standards, and interpretations not early-adopted in the 2020 annual 

financial statements.

IFRS 17 Insurance Contracts

IFRS 17 was issued in May 2017 and will replace IFRS 4 Insurance Contracts. An exposure draft was issued in 
June 2019. IFRS 17 establishes the principles for the recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of 
insurance contracts within the scope of the Standard. The Group would be required to provide information that 
faithfully represents those contracts, such that users of the financial statements can assess the effect insurance 
contracts have on the entity’s financial position, financial performance and cash flows. The standard is effective 
for accounting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2023, subject to EU endorsement.

The Group has performed a preliminary assessment regarding the impact of IFRS 17 on the financial statements 
and, due to the vast majority of contracts written by the business being investment contracts, it is expected such 
impact will be negligible.

No other future standards, amendments to standards, or interpretations are expected to have a material effect on the 
financial statements.

d) Principal accounting policies

Revenue from contracts with customers

Revenue represents the fair value of services supplied by the Company. All fee income is recognised as revenue in line 
with the provision of the services.

Fee income comprises:

Annual commission income

Annual commission is charged for the administration of products on the Transact platform, and is levied monthly 
in arrears on the average value of assets and cash held on the platform in the month. 

Wrapper fee income

Wrapper fees are charged for each of the tax wrappers held by clients, and are levied quarterly in arrears based on 
fixed fees for each wrapper type.

Annual commission and wrapper fees relate to services provided on an ongoing basis, and revenue is therefore 
recognised on an ongoing basis to reflect the nature of the performance obligations being discharged.

Accrued income on both annual commission and wrapper fees is recognised as a trade receivable on the statement 
of financial position, as the Group’s right to consideration is conditional on nothing other than the passage of time. 

Other income

This comprises buy commission and dealing charges. These are charges levied on the acquisition of assets, due upon 
completion of the transaction. Revenue is recorded on the date of completion of the transaction, as this is the date the 
services are provided to the customer.

124    INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020

Deferred acquisition costs and deferred income liabilities

Incremental costs directly attributable to securing investment contracts are deferred. These costs consist of fees 
paid to policyholders’ financial advisers. The costs relating to Pension, Onshore Life and Offshore Life contracts are 
capitalised as deferred acquisition costs and are amortised over the Directors’ best estimates of the lives of the 
contracts which are deemed to be fourteen, sixteen and eighteen years respectively (2019: fourteen, sixteen and 
eighteen years), over which the services are provided. Equal service provision is assumed over the lifetime of the 
contract and, as such, the deferred costs are amortised on a linear basis over the expected life of the contract, 
adjusted for expected persistency.

A corresponding deferred income liability is recognised in respect of charges taken from customers of the Company 
at the contract’s inception to meet obligations to financial advisers. Deferred income liabilities are also amortised over 
the Directors’ best estimates of the lives of the contract, which are again deemed to be fourteen, sixteen and eighteen 
years. At the end of each reporting period, deferred acquisition costs are reviewed for recoverability, against future 
margins from the related contracts at the statement of financial position date. An impairment loss is recognised in the 
statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income if the carrying amount of the deferred acquisition costs is 
greater than the future margins from the related contracts.

Deferred acquisition costs and deferred income liability are required to be shown under IFRS, however, the timing and 
magnitude of movement in the items always nets off exactly, resulting in zero net effect in each of the companies and 
in the consolidated statements of financial position.

Investment income

Interest on cash and coupon on shareholder gilts are the two sources of investment income received. Interest income 
is accrued on a time basis, by reference to the principal outstanding and at the effective interest rate applicable, 
which is the rate that exactly discounts estimated future cash receipts through the expected life of the financial asset 
to that financial asset’s carrying amount.

Investments

Fixed asset investments in subsidiaries are stated at cost less any provision for impairment.

Other investments comprise UK Government fixed interest securities backing insurance contracts or held as 
shareholder investments. These investments are mandatorily held at ‘fair value through profit or loss’ at initial 
recognition and are stated at quoted bid prices which equates to fair value, with any resultant gain or loss 
recognised in profit or loss. Purchases and sales of securities are recognised on the trade date.

Investment contracts – investments held for the benefit of policyholders

Investment contracts are comprised of unit-linked contracts in ILInt and ILUK. Investment contracts result in financial 
liabilities whose fair value is dependent on the fair value of underlying financial assets. They are designated at 
inception as financial liabilities at ‘fair value through profit or loss’ in order to reduce an accounting mismatch with the 
underlying financial assets.

Valuation techniques are used to establish the fair value at inception and each reporting date. The Company’s main 
valuation techniques incorporate all factors that market participants would consider and are based on observable 
market data. The financial liability is measured both initially and subsequently at fair value. The fair value of a 
unit-linked financial liability is determined using the fair value of the financial assets contained within the funds linked 
to the financial liability.

Dividends

Equity dividends are recognised in the accounting period in which the dividends are declared.

Intangible non-current assets

Intangible non-current assets, excluding goodwill, are stated at cost less accumulated amortisation and comprise 
intellectual property software rights. The software rights were amortised over seven years on a straight line basis, as it 
was estimated that the code would be replaced every seven years, and therefore have a finite useful life. The software 
rights are now fully amortised, but due to ongoing system development and coding updates no replacement is required. 
Goodwill is held at cost and, in accordance with IFRS, is not amortised but is subject to annual impairment reviews.

INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020    125

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  continued

Property, plant and equipment

Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment losses. 
Cost includes expenditures that are directly attributable to the acquisition of the asset. Subsequent costs are included 
in the asset’s carrying amount or recognised as a separate asset, as appropriate, only when it is probable that future 
economic benefits associated with the item will flow to the Company and the cost can be measured reliably. Repairs 
and maintenance costs are charged to the profit and loss and other comprehensive income statement during the 
period in which they are incurred.

The major categories of property, plant, equipment and motor vehicles are depreciated as follows:

Asset class

All UK and Isle of Man entities

Australian entity

Leasehold improvements

Straight line over the life of the lease Straight line over 40 years

Fixtures & Fittings

Straight line over 10 years

Reducing balance over 2 to 8 years

Equipment

Motor vehicles

Straight line over 3 to 10 years

Reducing balance over 3 to 10 years

N/A

Reducing balance over 2 to 8 years

Residual values, method of depreciation and useful lives of the assets are reviewed annually and adjusted if appropriate.

Impairment of non-financial assets

Property, plant and equipment, right of use assets and intangible assets are tested for impairment when events or 
changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. Recoverable amount is the 
higher of an asset’s fair value less costs to sell and value in use (being the present value of the expected future cash 
flows of the relevant asset).

The Group evaluates impairment losses for potential reversals when events or circumstances warrant such consideration.

Goodwill is tested for impairment annually, and once an impairment is recognised this cannot be reversed. For more 
detailed information in relation to this, please see note 13.

Pensions

The Group makes defined contributions to the personal pension schemes of its employees. These are chargeable to 
profit or loss in the year in which they become payable.

Foreign currencies

Transactions in foreign currencies are translated into the functional currency at the exchange rate in effect at the date 
of the transaction. Foreign currency monetary assets and liabilities are translated to sterling at the year end closing 
rate. Non-monetary assets denominated in a foreign currency that are measured in terms of historical cost are 
translated using the exchange rate in effect at the date when the fair value was determined. Foreign exchange rate 
differences that arise are reported net in profit or loss as foreign exchange gains/losses.

The assets and liabilities of foreign operations are translated to sterling using the year end closing exchange rate. 
The revenues and expenses of foreign operations are translated to sterling at rates approximating the foreign 
exchange rates ruling at the relevant month of the transactions. Foreign exchange differences arising on retranslation 
are recognised directly in the reserves.

Taxation

The taxation charge is based on the taxable result for the year. The taxable result for the year is determined in 
accordance with enacted legislation and taxation authority practice for calculating the amount of corporation tax payable. 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognised where the carrying amount of an asset or liability in the statement of 
financial position differs from its tax base. Recognition of deferred tax assets is restricted to those instances where it 
is probable that taxable profit will be available against which the difference can be utilised. 

The amount of the asset or liability is determined using tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted by 
the reporting date and are expected to apply when the deferred tax assets/liabilities are recovered/settled.

126    INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020

Segmental reporting

Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to the chief operating 
decision-maker. The chief operating decision-maker is responsible for allocating resources and assessing performance 
of the operating segments and has been identified as the chief executive officer of the Company.

For the year ended 30 September 2020, the business of ILUK and ILInt was the direct insurance of investment linked 
pensions business, written by single premium in the United Kingdom, single premium life assurance linked bonds and 
linked qualifying investment plans written in the United Kingdom. Insurance risk is minimal as all contracts have been 
classed as investment contracts.

ILInt and ILUK policyholder assets and liabilities

Investments held for the benefit of policyholders are stated at fair value and reported on a separate line in the 
statement of financial position. They are designated as financial assets at ‘fair value through profit or loss’ in order to 
reduce an accounting mismatch option with the equivalent financial liabilities. Gains and losses arising from changes 
in fair value are presented in the consolidated profit and loss and other comprehensive income statement within 
“investment returns”.

Investment inflows received from policyholders are invested in funds selected by the policyholders. The resulting 
liabilities for linked investment contracts are accounted for under the ‘fair value through profit or loss’ option, in line 
with the corresponding assets as permitted by IFRS 9. 

As all investments held for the benefit of policyholders are matched entirely by corresponding linked liabilities,  
any gain or loss on assets recognised through the consolidated profit and loss and other comprehensive income 
statement are offset entirely by the gains and losses on linked liabilities, which are recognised within the “change in 
investment contract liabilities” line. The overall net impact on profit is therefore £nil.

Client assets and client monies

IFAL client assets and client monies are not recognised in the parent and consolidated statements of financial position 
(see Note 29) as they are owned by the clients of IFAL.

Lease agreements

Prior year rental costs were recognised as operating leases and charged to the statement of profit or loss and other 
comprehensive income on a straight line basis over the term of the lease. Where an incentive to sign the lease had 
been taken, the incentive was spread on a straight line basis over the lease term. However, with the introduction of 
IFRS 16 from 1 October 2019, rental costs are now recognised on the balance sheet under ‘Lease liabilities’, with 
interest charged to the statement of profit or loss. A corresponding asset is recognised and depreciation is charged to 
the statement of profit or loss on a straight line basis over the lease term. Details of the lease commitments are set 
out in Note 26.

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash balances from instant access and notice accounts, call deposits, and other 
short-term deposits with an original maturity of three months or less. The carrying amount of these assets 
approximates to their fair value.

Cash and cash equivalents held for the benefit of the policyholders are held to cover the liabilities for unit linked 
investment contracts. These amounts are 100% matched to corresponding liabilities.

Financial instruments

Financial assets and liabilities are recognised when the Company becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the 
instrument. Financial assets are derecognised when the rights to receive cash flows from the assets have expired or 
have been transferred and the Company has transferred substantially all risks and rewards of ownership. Financial 
liabilities are derecognised when the obligation specified in the contract is discharged, cancelled or expires.

INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020    127

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  continued

At initial recognition, the Company classifies its financial instruments in the following categories, based on the 
business model in which the assets are managed and their cash flow characteristics:

(i)  Financial assets and liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

This category includes financial assets and liabilities acquired principally for the purpose of selling or repurchasing in 
the short-term.

Financial instruments in this category are recognised on the trade settlement date, and subsequently, at fair value. 
Purchases and sales of securities are recognised on the trade date. Transaction costs are expensed in the consolidated 
profit and loss and other comprehensive income statement. Gains and losses arising from changes in fair value are 
presented in the consolidated profit and loss and other comprehensive income statement within “investment returns” 
for corporate assets and “net income attributable to policyholder returns” for policyholder assets in the period in which 
they arise. Financial assets and liabilities at fair value through profit or loss are classified as current except for the portion 
expected to be realised or paid beyond twelve months of the balance sheet date, which are classified as long-term. 

(ii)  Financial assets at amortised cost 

This category includes non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an 
active market. This is comprised of accrued fees, trade and other receivables, loans, and cash and cash equivalents. 
These are included in current assets due to their short-term nature, except for loans which are included in non-
current assets.

Assets held at amortised cost are initially recognised at fair value. Subsequent measurement is at amortised cost 
using the effective interest method less any expected credit losses.

(iii)  Financial liabilities at amortised cost

Financial liabilities at amortised cost comprise trade and other payables. These are initially recognised at fair value. 
Subsequent measurement is at amortised cost using the effective interest method. They are classified as current 
liabilities due to their short-term nature.

Impairment of financial assets

Expected credit losses are required to be measured through a loss allowance at an amount equal to:

 ▪ the 12-month expected credit losses (expected credit losses from possible default events within 12 months after the 

reporting date); or

 ▪ full lifetime expected credit losses (expected credit losses from all possible default events over the life of the 

financial instrument). 

A loss allowance for full lifetime expected credit losses is required for a financial instrument if the credit risk of that 
financial instrument has increased significantly since initial recognition, as well as to contract assets or trade 
receivables that do not constitute a financing transaction.

For all other financial instruments, expected credit losses are measured at an amount equal to the 12-month expected 
credit losses.

Impairment losses on financial assets carried at amortised cost are reversed in subsequent periods if the expected 
credit losses decrease. 

Provisions

Provisions are recognised when the Company has an obligation, legal or constructive, as a result of a past event, and 
it is probable that the Company will be required to settle that obligation. Provisions are estimated at the Directors’ 
best estimate of the expenditure required to settle the obligation at the reporting date, and are discounted to present 
values where the effect is material.

Trade and other payables

Other payables are short-term, not interest-bearing and are stated at their amortised cost which is not materially 
different to cost and approximates to fair value.

128    INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020

Share-based payments

Equity-settled share-based payment awards granted to employees are measured at fair value at the date of grant.  
The awards are recognised as an expense, with a corresponding increase in equity, spread over the vesting period 
of the awards, which accords with the period for which related services are provided. 

The total amount expensed is determined by reference to the fair value of the awards as follows:

(i)  SIP shares

The fair value is the market price on the grant date. There are no vesting conditions, as the employees receive the shares 
immediately upon grant.

(ii)  PSP share options

The fair value of share options is determined by applying a valuation technique, usually an option pricing model, such as 
Black Scholes. This takes into account factors such as the exercise price, the share price, volatility, interest rates, and 
dividends.

At each reporting date, the estimate of the number of share options expected to vest based on the non-market vesting 
conditions is assessed. Any change to original estimates is recognised in the statement of comprehensive income, with a 
corresponding adjustment to equity reserves.

2.  Critical accounting estimates and judgements

Critical accounting estimates are those where there is a significant risk of material adjustment in the next 12 months, and 
critical judgements are those that have the most significant effect on amounts recognised in the accounts.

In preparing these financial statements, management has made judgements, estimates and assumptions about the 
future that affect the application of the Group’s accounting policies and the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, income 
and expenses. Management uses its knowledge of current facts and applies estimation and assumption techniques that are 
aligned with relevant accounting policies to make predictions about the future. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

The area where judgements and estimates have the most significant effect in these financial statements is the tax 
provision for its subsidiary, ILUK.

In assessing whether to recognise a provision, the Group has evaluated the likelihood of a constructive or legal obligation, 
and whether that obligation can be estimated reliably. 

The provision required has been calculated based on an estimation of tax payable to HMRC (through detailed calculations 
on the forecasted income and expenses for the financial year) and refunds payable back to policyholders. As explained in 
note 39, the balances relating to prior years have been restated due to an error attributable to changes in the treatment of 
tax reserves. Further details regarding the current year provision can be found in note 30. 

3.  Financial instruments

(i)  Principal financial instruments

The principal financial instruments, from which financial instrument risk arises, are as follows:

 ▪ Trade and other receivables

 ▪ Accrued fees

 ▪ Cash and cash equivalents

 ▪ Investments in quoted debt instruments

 ▪ Listed shares and securities

 ▪ Trade and other payables

 ▪ Loans

INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020    129

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  continued

(ii)  Financial instruments by category 

As explained in Note 1, financial assets and liabilities have been classified into categories that determine their basis 
of measurement and, for items measured at fair value, whether changes in fair value are recognised in the statement 
of profit or loss and other comprehensive income. The following tables show the carrying values of assets and 
liabilities for each of these categories for the Group:

Financial assets:

Cash and cash equivalents

Listed shares and securities

Loans

Fair value through profit or loss

Amortised cost

2020 
£’000

-

92

-

2019 
£’000

-

69

-

2020 
£’000

2019 
£’000

1,539,843

1,342,619

-

2,647

-

10,244

786

-

-

1,185

-

9,768

3,444

-

Investments in quoted debt instruments

4,959

4,997

Accrued income

Trade and other receivables

-

-

-

-

Investments held for the policyholders

16,727,208

15,454,769

Total financial assets

16,732,259

15,459,835

1,553,520

1,357,016

Financial liabilities:

Trade and other payables

Accruals

Lease liabilities

Fair value through profit or loss

Amortised cost

2020 
£’000

2019 
£’000

-

-

-

-

-

-

2020 
£’000

8,660

7,792

6,087

-

2019 
£’000

5,893

6,908

-

-

Liabilities for linked investments contracts

18,112,935

16,665,048

Total financial liabilities

18,112,935

16,665,048

22,539

12,801

The following tables show the carrying values of assets and liabilities for each of these categories for the Company:

Financial assets:

Cash and cash equivalents

Loans

Total financial assets

Financial liabilities:

Trade and other payables

Accruals

Total financial liabilities

Fair value through profit or loss

Amortised cost

2020 
£’000

2019 
£’000

-

-

-

-

-

-

2020 
£’000

26,090

2,647

28,737

Fair value through profit or loss

Amortised cost

2020 
£’000

2019 
£’000

-

-

-

-

-

-

2020 
£’000

56

311

367

2019 
£’000

24,342

1,185

25,527

2019 
£’000

49

390

439

130    INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020

(iii)  Financial instruments not measured at fair value

Financial instruments not measured at fair value include cash and cash equivalents, accrued fees, loans, trade 
and other receivables, and trade and other payables. Due to their short-term nature and/or expected credit losses 
recognised, the carrying value of these financial instruments approximates their fair value. 

(iv) Financial instruments measured at fair value – fair value hierarchy

The table below classifies financial assets that are recognised on the statement of financial position at fair value in 
a hierarchy that is based on significance of the inputs used in making the measurements. The levels of hierarchy are 
disclosed below.

Investments held for the benefit of policyholders are stated at fair value and reported on a separate line in the 
statement of financial position. The assets are classified using the ‘fair value through profit or loss’ option with any 
resultant gain or loss recognised through the statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income. 

Assets held at fair value also comprises investments held in gilts, and these are held at fair value through profit and loss.

The following table shows the three levels of the fair value hierarchy: 

Fair value 
hierarchy

Level 1

Level 2

Description of hierarchy

Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets 
for identical assets

Types of investments classified at 
each level

Cash and cash equivalents, listed equity 
securities, gilts, actively traded pooled 
investments such as OEICS and unit trusts

Inputs other than quoted prices included 
within Level 1 that are observable for the 
asset either directly (i.e. as prices) or 
indirectly (i.e. derived from prices)

Actively traded unlisted equity securities where 
there is no significant unobservable inputs, 
structured products and regularly priced but 
not actively traded instruments

Level 3

Inputs that are not based on observable 
market data (unobservable inputs)

Unlisted equity securities with significant 
unobservable inputs, inactive pooled investments

For the purposes of identifying level 3 assets, unobservable inputs means that fair values of the assets may be based 
on estimates and assumptions that cannot be corroborated with observable market data.

The following table shows the Group’s assets measured at fair value and split into the three levels: 

2020
Investments and assets held for the 
benefit of policyholders
Policyholder cash
Investments and securities
Bonds and other fixed-income securities
Holdings in collective investment schemes

Other investments
Total

Level 1
£’000

Level 2
£’000

Level 3
£’000

Total
£’000

1,385,736
506,286
12,404
15,930,106
17,834,532
4,959
17,839,491

-
154,810
1,891
120,026
276,727
-
276,727

-
751
15
910
1,676
-
1,676

1,385,736
661,847
14,310
16,051,042
18,112,935
4,959
18,117,894

INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020    131

 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  continued

2019
Investments and assets held for the 
benefit of policyholders
Policyholder cash
Investments and securities
Bonds and other fixed-income securities
Holdings in collective investment schemes

Other investments
Total

Level 1 valuation methodology

Level 1
£’000

Level 2
£’000

Level 3
£’000

Total
£’000

1,213,371
444,076
4,485
14,731,562
16,393,494
5,066
16,398,560

-
140,991
9,320
109,714
260,025
-
260,025

-
2,447
3,005
6,077
11,529
-
11,529

1,213,371
587,514
16,810
14,847,353
16,665,048
5,066
16,670,114

Financial assets included in Level 1 are measured at fair value using quoted mid prices that are available at the 
reporting date and are traded in active markets. These financial assets are mainly collective investment schemes 
and listed equity instruments.

Level 2 and Level 3 valuation methodology

The Group regularly reviews whether a market is active, based on available market data and the specific 
circumstances of each market. Where the Group assesses that a market is not active, then it applies one or more 
valuation methodologies to the specific financial asset. These valuation methodologies use quoted market prices 
where available, and may in certain circumstances require the Group to exercise judgement to determine fair value.

Financial assets included in Level 2 are measured at fair value using observable mid prices traded in markets that 
have been assessed as not active enough to be included in Level 1.

Otherwise, financial assets are included in Level 3. These are assets where one or more inputs to the valuation 
methodology are not based on observable market data. The key unobservable input is the pre-tax operating margin 
needed to price asset holdings. 

Level 3 sensitivity to changes in unobservable measurements

For financial assets assessed as Level 3, based on its review of the prices used, the Company believes that any 
change to the unobservable inputs used to measure fair value would not result in a significantly higher or lower 
fair value measurement at year end, and therefore would not have a material impact on its reported results.

Changes to valuation methodology

There have been no changes in valuation methodology during the year under review. 

Transfers between Levels

The Company’s policy is to assess each financial asset it holds at the current financial year end, based on the last 
known price and market information, and assign it to a Level. 

The Company recognises transfers between Levels of the fair value hierarchy at the end of the reporting period in 
which the changes have occurred. Changes occur due to the availability of (or lack thereof) quoted prices, whether 
a market is now active or not, and whether there are indications of impairment.

Transfers between Levels between 30 September 2020 and 30 September 2019 are presented in the table below at 
their valuation at 30 September 2020:

Transfers from

Transfers to

Level 1

Level 2

Level 2

Level 1

132    INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020

£’000 

3,493

7,834

 
 
 
 
The reconciliation between opening and closing balances of Level 3 assets are presented in the table below:

Opening balance

Unrealised gains or losses in the year ended 30 September 2020

Transfers in to Level 3 at 30 September 2020 valuation

Transfers out of Level 3 at 30 September 2020 valuation

Purchases, sales, issues and settlement

Closing balance

£’000 

11,529

(57)

224

(8,280)

(1,740)

1,676

Any resultant gains or losses on financial assets held for the benefit of policyholders are offset by a reciprocal 
movement in the linked liability.

The Group regularly assesses assets to ensure they are categorised correctly and FVH levels adjusted accordingly. 
The Group monitors situations that may impact liquidity such as suspensions and liquidations while also actively 
collecting observable market prices from relevant exchanges and asset managers. Should an asset price become 
observable following the resumption of trading the FVH level will be updated to reflect this.

(v)  Capital maintenance

The regulated companies in IntegraFin Group are subject to capital requirements imposed by the relevant regulators. 
As detailed in the CFOR, Group capital requirements for 2020 were £212.9 million (2019: £216.3 million).

The Group has complied with the requirements set by the regulators during the year. The Group’s policy for managing 
capital is to ensure each regulated entity maintains capital well above the minimum requirement.

4.  Risk and risk management

This note supplements the details provided in the Risk and Risk Management section of this report on pages 38 to 45.

Risk assessment

Risk assessment is the determination of quantitative values and/or qualitative judgements of risk related to a 
concrete situation and a recognised threat. Quantitative risk assessment requires calculations of two components of 
risk, the magnitude of the potential impact, and the likelihood that the risk materialises. Qualitative aspects of risk, 
despite being more difficult to express quantitatively, are also taken into account in order to fully evaluate the impact 
of the risk on the organisation.

(1) Market risk

Description of risk

Market risk is the risk of loss arising either directly or indirectly from fluctuations in the level and in the volatility 
of market prices of assets, liabilities and other financial instruments.

(a)  Price risk

Market price risk from reduced income

The Company’s dividend income from its regulated subsidiary IFAL is exposed to market risk. The Group’s main source 
of income is derived from annual management fees and transaction fees which are linked to the value of the clients’ 
portfolios, which are determined by the market prices of the underlying assets. The Group’s revenue is therefore affected 
by the value of assets on the platform, and consequently it has exposure to equity market levels and economic conditions.

The Group mitigates the second order market price risk by applying fixed charges per tax wrapper in addition to 
income derived from the charges based on clients’ linked portfolio values. This approach of fixed and variable charging 
offers an element of diversification to its income stream. The risk of stock market volatility, and the impact on 
revenue, is also mitigated through a wide asset offering which ensures the Group is not wholly correlated with one 
market, and which enables clients to switch assets, including into cash on the platform, in times of uncertainty.

INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020    133

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  continued

Sensitivity testing has been performed to assess the impact of market movements on the Group’s Profit for the year. 
The sensitivity is applied as an instantaneous shock at the start of the year, and shows the impact of a 10% change in 
values across all assets held on the platform.

10% increase in asset values

10% decrease in asset values

Market risk from direct asset holdings

Impact on profit for the year 

2020 
£’000 

6,931

(6,931)

 2019 
£’000 

6,145

(6,145)

The Group and the Company have limited exposure to primary market risk as capital is invested in high quality, 
highly liquid, short-dated investments.

(b) Interest rate risk

The Group and the Company’s balance sheet and capital requirements are relatively insensitive to first order impacts 
from movements in interest rates. 

(c) Currency risk

The Company is not directly exposed to significant currency risk. The table below shows a breakdown of the material 
foreign currency exposures for the unit-linked policies within the Group:

Currency

GBP

USD

EUR

Others

Total

2020 
£’000

17,983,651

106,532

13,862

8,890

2020 
%

99.3

0.6

0.1

0.0

2019 
£’000

16,564,270

79,716

14,263

6,799

2019 
%

99.4

0.5

0.1

0.0

18,112,935

100.0

16,665,048

100.0

99.3% of investments and cash held for the benefit of policyholders are denominated in GBP, its base currency. 
Remaining currency holdings greater than 0.1% of the total are shown separately in the table. A significant rise 
or fall in sterling exchange rates would not have a significant first order impact on its results since any adverse or 
favourable movement in policyholder assets is entirely offset by a corresponding movement in the linked liability.

(2) Credit (counterparty default) risk

Credit risk is the risk that the Group or Company is exposed to a loss if another party fails to meet its financial 
obligations. For the Company, the exposure to counterparty default risk arises primarily from loans directly held 
by the Company.

Assets held at amortised cost

(a)  Accrued income

This comprises fees owed by clients. These are held at amortised cost, less expected credit losses (“ECLs”).

Under IFRS 9, a forward-looking approach is required to assess ECLs, so that losses are recognised before the 
occurrence of any credit event. The Group estimates that pending fees three months or more past due are unlikely 
to be collected and are written off. Based on management’s experience, pending fees one or two months past due 
are generally expected to be collected. However, consideration is also given to potential losses on these fees. 
Historical loss rates have been used to estimate expected future losses, while consideration is also given to 
underlying economic conditions, in order to ensure that expected losses are recognised on a forward-looking basis. 
This has led to the additional recognition of an immaterial amount of ECLs.

Details of the ECLs recognised in relation to accrued income can be seen in note 23.

134    INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020

(b)  Loans

Loans subject to the 12 month ECL are £2.7m (2019: £1.2m). While there is increased economic uncertainty in the 
current climate, leading to potentially higher credit risk, there is not considered to be a significant increase in credit 
risk, as all of the loans are currently performing to schedule, and there are no concerns regarding the borrowers. 
There is therefore no need to move from the 12 month ECL model to the lifetime ECL model. Expected losses are 
recognised on a forward-looking basis, which has led to the additional recognition of an immaterial amount of ECLs.

Details of the ECLs recognised in relation to loans can be seen in note 18.

(c)  Cash and equivalents

The Group has a low risk appetite for credit risk, which is limited to exposures to credit institutions for its bank 
deposits. A range of major regulated UK high street banks is used. A rigorous annual due diligence exercise is 
undertaken to assess the financial strength of these banks with those used having a minimum credit rating of A 
(Fitch). In order to actively manage the credit and concentration risks, the Board has agreed risk appetite limits for 
the regulated entities of the amount of corporate and client funds that may be deposited with any one bank; which 
is represented by a set percentage of the respective bank’s total customer deposits. Monthly monitoring of these 
positions along with movements in Fitch ratings is undertaken, with reports presented to the Directors for review. 
Collectively these measures ensure that the Group diligently manages the exposures and provides the mitigation 
scope to be able to manage credit and concentration exposures on behalf of itself and its customers.

Counterparty default risk exposure to loans

The Company has loans of £2,647k (2019: £1,185k). There are no other loans held by the Group.

Counterparty default risk exposure to Group companies

As well as inconvenience and operational issues arising from the failure of the other Group companies, there is 
also a risk of a loss of assets. The Company is due £342k (2019: £86k) from other Group companies.

Counterparty default risk exposure to other receivables

The Company has no other receivables arising, due to the nature of its business, and the structure of the Group.

Across the Group, there is exposure to counterparty default risk arising primarily from:

 ▪ corporate assets directly held by the Group;

 ▪ exposure to clients; and

 ▪ exposure to other receivables. 

The other exposures to counterparty default risk include a credit default event which affects funds held on behalf 
of clients and occurs at one or more of the following entities:

 ▪ a bank where cash is held on behalf of clients;

 ▪ a custodian where the assets are held on behalf of clients; and

 ▪ Transact Nominees Limited (TNL), which is the legal owner of the assets held on behalf of clients.

There is no first order impact on the Group from one of the events in the preceding paragraph. This is because any 
credit default event in respect of these holdings will be borne by clients, both in terms of loss of value and loss of 
liquidity. Terms and conditions have been reviewed by external lawyers to ensure that these have been drafted 
appropriately. However, there is a second order impact where future profits for the Group are reduced in the event 
of a credit default which affects funds held on behalf of clients.

There are robust controls in place to mitigate credit risk, for example, holding corporate and client cash across a 
range of banks in order to minimise the risk of a single point of counterparty default failure. Additionally, maximum 
counterparty limits and minimum credit quality steps are set for banks.

INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020    135

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  continued

Corporate assets and funds held on behalf of clients

There is no significant risk exposure to any one UK clearing bank.

Counterparty default risk exposure to clients

The Group is due £10.2m (2019: £9.8m) from fee income owed by clients.

Impact of credit risk on fair value

Due to the limited direct exposure that the Group and the Company have to credit risk, credit risk does not 
have a material impact on the fair value movement of financial instruments for the year under review. The fair 
value movements on these instruments are predominantly due to changes in market conditions.

(3) Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk is the risk that funds are not accessible such that the Company, although solvent, does not have sufficient 
liquid financial resources to meet obligations as they fall due, or can secure such resources only at excessive cost.

As a holding company, the Company’s main liquidity risk is related to paying out shareholder dividends and operating 
expenses it may incur. Additionally, the Company has made short term commitments, in the form of a capped facility 
arrangement, to Vertus Capital SPV1 Limited (‘Vertus’) (as one of Vertus’ sources of funding) to assist Vertus in 
developing its business, which is to provide tailored niche debt facilities to adviser firms to fund acquisitions, 
management buy-outs and other similar transactions.

Across the Group, the following key drivers of liquidity risk have been identified:

 ▪ liquidity risk arising due to failure of one or more of the Group’s banks;

 ▪ liquidity risk arising due to the bank’s system failure which prevents access to Group funds; and

 ▪ liquidity risk arising from clients holding insufficient cash to settle fees when they become due.

The Group’s liquidity risk arises from a lack of readily realisable cash to meet debts as they become due. This takes 
two forms – clients’ liabilities coming due and other liabilities (e.g. expenses) coming due.

The first of these, clients’ liabilities is primarily covered through the terms and conditions with clients’ taking their own 
liquidity risk, if their funds cannot be immediately surrendered for cash.

Payment of other liabilities depends on the Group having sufficient liquidity at all times to meet obligations as they  
fall due. This requires access to liquid funds, i.e. working banks and it also requires that the Group’s main source of 
liquidity, charges on its clients’ assets, can also be converted into cash.

The Company has set out two key liquidity requirements: first, to ensure that clients maintain a percentage of 
liquidity in their funds at all times, and second, to maintain access to cash through a spread of cash holdings in  
bank accounts.

There are robust controls in place to mitigate liquidity risk, for example, through regular monitoring of expenditure, 
closely managing expenses in line with the business plan, and, in the case of the Vertus facility, capping the value 
of loans. Additionally, the Group holds corporate and client cash across a range of banks in order to mitigate the risk 
of a single point of counterparty default failure. 

136    INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020

Maturity schedule

The following table shows an analysis of the financial assets and financial liabilities by remaining expected maturities 
as at 30 September 2019 and 30 September 2020.

Financial assets:

2019

Up to  
3 months
£’000

3-12 
 months
£’000

Investments held for the policyholders

15,454,769

16,810,475

188

6,189

Up to  
3 months
£’000

3-12 
months
£’000

Investments held for the policyholders

16,727,208

Investments

Accrued income

Trade and other receivables

Loans

Cash

Total

2020

Investments

Accrued income

Trade and other receivables

Loans

Cash

Total

Financial liabilities:

2019

69

9,768

3,250

-

1,342,619

92

10,244

614

-

1,539,843

Up to  
3 months
£’000

Liabilities for linked investment contracts

16,665,048

Trade and other payables

Total

2020

9,391

16,674,439

Up to  
3 months
£’000

Liabilities for linked investment contracts

18,112,935

Trade and other payables

Lease liabilities

Total

16,257

614

18,129,806

1-5  
years
£’000

-

4,997

-

7

1,185

-

1-5  
years
£’000

-

4,959

-

7

2,647

-

Over  
5 years
£’000

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Over  
5 years
£’000

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Total
£’000

15,454,769

5,066

9,768

3,445

1,185

1,342,619

16,816,852

Total
£’000

16,727,208

5,051

10,244

786

2,647

1,539,843

18,285,779

-

-

-

188

-

-

-

-

-

165

-

-

3-12 
months
£’000

-

3,407

3,407

3-12 
months
£’000

-

195

1,761

1,956

1-5  
years
£’000

Over  
5 years
£’000

Total
£’000

-

-

-

1-5
years
£’000

-

-

3,712

3,712

-

-

-

16,665,048

12,798

16,677,846

Over  
5 years
£’000

Total
£’000

-

-

-

-

18,112,935

16,452

6,087

18,135,473

18,278,001

165

7,613

Financial assets held in portfolio investments and the corresponding liabilities are deemed to have a maturity of up 
to three months since the liabilities are repayable on demand. In practice the contractual maturities of the underlying 
assets may be longer than three months, but the majority of assets held within portfolios are highly liquid.

INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020    137

 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  continued

Undiscounted cash flows

2020

Lease liabilities

Total

Up to  
3 months
£’000

689

689

3-12 
months
£’000

1,936

1,936

1-5
years
£’000

3,883

3,883

Over  
5 years
£’000

-

-

Total
£’000

6,508

6,508

Carrying 
amount
£’000

6,087

6,087

The undiscounted cash flows are in relation to the lease liabilities and are presented at their gross undiscounted 
contractual amounts i.e. the principle amounts to be paid for the periods stated. 

There is no comparative for the 2019 financial year as the Group did not have any lease liabilities. 

(4) Outflow risk

Outflows occur when funds are withdrawn from the platform for any reason. Outflows typically occur where clients’ 
circumstances and requirements change. However, these outflows can also be triggered by operational failure, 
competitor actions or external events such as regulatory or economic changes.

Outflow risk is mitigated by focusing on providing exceptionally high levels of service. Outflow rates are closely 
monitored and unexpected experience is investigated. Despite the current challenging and uncertain economic 
and geopolitical environment, outflow rates remain stable and within historical norms.

(5) Expense risk

Expense risk arises where costs increase faster than expected or from one-off expense “shocks”. The Group and the 
Company has exposure related to expense inflation risk, where actual inflation deviates from expectations. As a significant 
percentage of the Group’s expenses are staff related, the key inflationary risk arises from salary inflation. The Group 
and the Company have no exposures to defined benefit staff pension schemes or client related index linked liabilities.

The Group’s expenses are governed at a high level by the Group’s Expense Policy. The monthly management 
accounts are reviewed against projected future expenses by the Board and by senior management and action 
is taken where appropriate. 

5.  Disaggregation of revenue

Annual commission income

Wrapper fee income

Other income

Total fee income

For the financial year ended
30 September

2020
£’000

94,468

9,743

3,109

2019
£’000

86,715

8,961

3,489

107,320

99,165

Total fee income relates to both classes of business (see note 6 for details). 

6.  Segmental reporting

The revenue and profit before tax are attributable to activities carried out in the UK. 

The Group has two classes of business as follows:

 ▪ provision of investment administration services

 ▪ transaction of ordinary long term insurance and underwriting life assurance

Analysis by class of business is given overleaf.

138    INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020

Statement of profit or loss on continuing operations – segmental information for the year ended  
30 September 2020:

Revenue

Fee income

Cost of sales

Expenses

Admin expenses

Impairment losses

Net income attributable 
to policyholders

Change in investment 
contract liabilities

Fee and commission expenses

Investment returns

Interest expense

Interest income

Investment 
administration 
services

Insurance 
and life 
assurance 
business

Other 
income

Consolidated 
adjustments

£’000

£’000

£’000

£’000

Total

£’000

55,923

(543)

51,355

(323)

42

-

-

-

107,320

(865)

(61,170)

(55,760)

(109)

(67)

-

-

-

-

(120)

121

(3,066)

82,895

(137,536)

54,677

(113)

135

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

65,914

(51,016)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(176)

(3,066)

82,895

(137,536)

54,677

(233)

256

(32,326)

52,256

-

-

3,066

(9,838)

(32,326)

45,484

Profit before tax

41,402

43,180

Policyholder tax

-

3,066

Tax on profit on ordinary activities

(4,641)

(5,197)

Profit for the financial year

36,761

41,048

INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020    139

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  continued

Statement of profit or loss on continuing operations – segmental information for the 
year ended 30 September 2019:

Investment 
administration 
services

Insurance 
and life 
assurance 
business

Other 
income

Consolidated 
adjustments

£’000

£’000

£’000

£’000

Revenue

Fee income

Cost of sales

Expenses

Admin expenses

Impairment losses

Net income attributable 
to policyholders

Change in investment 
contract liabilities

Fee and commission expenses

Investment returns

Interest expense

Interest income

52,045

(495)

47,120

(312)

(58,722)

(53,404)

(3)

(17)

-

-

-

-

-

146

7,115

(554,767)

(125,618)

680,422

-

162

Profit before tax

38,198

48,946

Policyholder tax

Tax on profit on ordinary activities

-

(4,230)

(6,969)

(4,720)

Profit for the financial year

33,969

37,256

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Total

£’000

99,165

(806)

-

-

63,353

(48,773)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(20)

7,115

(554,767)

(125,618)

680,422

-

308

(30,118)

57,026

-

-

(6,969)

(8,950)

(30,118)

41,107

The figures above comprise the results of the companies that fall directly into each segment, as well as a proportion 
of the results from the other Group companies that only provide services to the revenue-generating companies. 
This therefore has no effect on revenue, but has an effect on the profit before tax.

140    INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020

Disaggregation of revenue by segment – for the financial year ended 30 September 2020

Annual commission income

Wrapper fee income

Other income

Total fee income

Investment 
administration 
services

Insurance 
and life 
assurance 
business

£’000

51,873

2,337

1,713

£’000

42,595

7,406

1,354

55,923

51,355

Other

£’000

-

-

42

42

Total

£’000

94,468

9,743

3,109

107,320

Disaggregation of revenue by segment - for the financial year ended 30 September 2019

Annual commission income

Wrapper fee income

Other income

Total fee income

Investment 
administration 
services

Insurance 
and life 
assurance 
business

£’000

48,013

2,137

1,895

£’000

38,702

6,825

1,593

Total

£’000

86,715

8,961

3,489

52,045

47,120

99,165

Statement of financial position – segmental information for the years ended 30 September 2020 and 
30 September 2019:

Net assets

Investment administration services

Insurance and life assurance business

Segmental information: Split by geographical location

Revenue

United Kingdom

Isle of Man

Total

Non-current assets

United Kingdom

Isle of Man

Total

2020
£’000

68,434

72,486

2019
£’000

61,009

60,877

140,920

121,886

2020
£’000

103,089

4,231

107,320

2020
£’000

19,128

97

19,225

2019
£’000

95,192

3,974

99,165

2019
£’000

15,310

46

15,356

The non-current assets excludes the deferred acquisition costs and deferred tax assets.

INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020    141

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  continued

7.  Earnings per share

Profit

2020
£’000

2019
(restated) 
£’000

Profit for the year and earnings used in basic and diluted earnings per share

£45.5m

£41.1m

Weighted average number of shares 

Weighted average number of Ordinary Shares

Weighted average numbers of Ordinary Shares held by Employee Benefit Trust

Weighted average number of Ordinary Shares for the purposes of 
basic EPS

Adjustment for dilutive share option awards

Weighted average number of Ordinary Shares for the purposes of 
diluted EPS

Earnings per share

Basic earnings per share

Earnings per share – basic and diluted

331.3m

(0.1m)

331.3m

-

331.2m

331.3m

0.1m

-

331.3m

331.3m

13.7p

13.7p

12.4p

12.4p

Earnings per share (“EPS”) is calculated based on the share capital of IntegraFin Holdings plc and the earnings of the 
consolidated Group.

Basic EPS is calculated by dividing profit after tax attributable to ordinary equity shareholders of the Company by the 
weighted average number of Ordinary Shares outstanding during the year. The weighted average number of shares 
excludes shares held within the Employee Benefit Trust to satisfy the Group’s obligations under employee share awards.

Diluted EPS is calculated by adjusting the weighted average number of Ordinary Shares outstanding to assume 
conversion of all potentially dilutive Ordinary Shares.

As noted in note 39, the 2019 EPS was restated due to the identification of an error in the calculation of the 
policyholder tax provision.

142    INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020

8.  Expenses by nature

The following expenses are included within administrative expenses:

Group

Depreciation

Amortisation

Wages and employee benefits expense

Other staff costs

Auditor’s remuneration:

▪  Auditing of the financial statements of the Company pursuant to the legislation

▪ Auditing of the financial statements of subsidiaries 

▪ Other assurance services

Other Auditor’s remuneration:

▪ Auditing of the financial statements of subsidiaries

▪ Other assurance services

Other professional fees

Regulatory fees

Operating lease costs:

▪ Land and buildings

▪ Equipment

Other occupancy costs

Other costs

Other income – tax relief due to shareholders

Total administrative expenses

2020
£’000

2,561

-

36,732

200

78

99

118

154

97

2019 
(restated)
£’000

654

15

36,093

241

70

91

100

115

147

2,808

3,643

2,314

2,689

4

3

2,001

3,589

(1,071)

51,016

1,822

3

1,817

3,555

(953)

48,773

“Other income – tax relief due to shareholders” relates to the release of policyholder tax provisions to the statement 
of profit or loss and other comprehensive income. Details of the 2019 restatement can be found in note 39.

INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020    143

 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  continued

Company

Wages and employee benefits expense

Other staff costs

Auditor’s remuneration:

▪ Auditing of the financial statements of the Company pursuant to the legislation

▪ Other assurance services

Other professional fees

Regulatory fees

Other costs

2020
£’000

2019
£’000

475

24

78

18

422

30

161

514

59

70

17

314

16

106

Total administrative expenses

1,208

1,096

Wages and employee benefits expense

The average number of staff (including executive directors) employed by the Group during the financial year 
amounted to:

CEO

Client services staff

Finance staff

Legal and compliance staff

Sales, marketing and product development staff

Software development staff

Technical and support staff

The Company has no employees (2019: nil).

2020
No.

1

213

60

31

40

104

45

494

2019
No.

1

230

57

30

43

96

52

509

Wages and employee (including executive directors) benefits expenses during the year, included within administrative 
expenses, were as follows:

Wages and salaries

Social security costs

Other pension costs

Share-based payment costs

2020
£’000

29,307

3,085

2,714

1,626

2019
£’000

28,987

3,203

2,657

1,246

36,732

36,093

144    INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020

Compensation of key management personnel

Key management personnel are defined as those persons having authority and responsibility for planning, directing and 
controlling the activities of the entity and as such, only Directors are considered to meet this definition. 

Short term employee benefits*

Post employment benefits

Share based payment

Other benefits

Social security costs

Highest paid Director:

Short term employee benefits* 

Other benefits

Post employment benefits

Number of Directors for whom pension contributions are paid

*Short term employee benefits comprise salary and cash bonus.

9.  Interest income

Group 
2020 
£’000

194

62

256

Company 
2020 
£’000

29

62

91

Interest income on bank deposits

Interest income on loans

10.  Investment returns

Interest on fixed-interest securities

Realised losses on fixed-interest securities

Unrealised losses on fixed-interest securities

Change in fair value of underlying assets

Investment income

Total investment returns

2020
£’000

2,622

40

522

33

211

2019
£’000

2,331

47

192

4

322

3,428

2,896

491

140

7

2

564

86

5

5

Group 
2019 
£’000

272

36

308

2020
£’000

80

-

(44)

(73,093)

127,734

54,677

Company 
2019 
£’000

30

36

66

2019
£’000

95

(34)

(24)

546,149

134,236

680,422

INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020    145

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  continued

11. Tax on profit on ordinary activities

Group

a) Analysis of charge in year

The income tax expense comprises:

Corporation tax

Current year – corporation tax

Adjustment in respect of prior years

Deferred tax

Current year

Adjustment in respect of prior years

Change in deferred tax charge/(credit) as a result of lowered tax rate

2020
£’000 

2019 
(restated)
£’000

9,879

125

10,004

(38)

(113)

(15)

8,994

7

9,001

29

(95)

15

Total tax charge for the year

9,838

8,950

b) Factors affecting tax charge for the year

The tax on the Group’s profit before tax differs from the amount that would arise using the weighted average tax rate 
applicable to profits of the consolidated entities as follows:

Profit on ordinary activities before tax
Policyholder tax
Effect of gross overseas withholding tax

Profit on ordinary activities multiplied by 
effective rate of Corporation Tax 19% (2019: 19%)

Effects of:
Non-taxable dividends
Income / expenses not taxable/deductible for tax purposes 
multiplied by effective rate of corporation tax
Adjustments in respect of prior years
Effect of lower tax rate
Rate differences 
Other adjustments

146    INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020

2020
£’000 

52,256
3,066
-
55,322

2019
(restated) 
£’000
57,026
(6,969)
-
50,057

10,511

9,511

(187)

(141)

(17)
(356)
(15)
30
(128)
9,838

12
(459)
15
12
-
8,950

 
Company

a) Analysis of charge in year

Deferred tax charge/(credit)  (see note 28)
Total

b) Factors affecting tax charge for the year

Profit on ordinary activities before tax

Profit on ordinary activities multiplied by 
effective rate of Corporation Tax 19% (2019: 19%)

Effects of:
Non-taxable dividends
Income/expenses not taxable/deductible for tax purposes 
multiplied by effective rate of Corporation Tax
Group loss relief to ISL

12. Policyholder income and expenses – Group

Net income attributable to policyholder returns
Policyholder tax

2020
£’000
-
-

2020
£’000
31,124

2019
£’000
-
-

2019
£’000
29,064

5,914

5,522

(6,142)

(5,722)

9
219
-

19
181
-

2020
£’000 

(3,066)
3,066

2019 
(restated)
£’000
7,115
(6,969)

This relates to income and expenses, and the associated tax charges, on policyholder assets and liabilities.

INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020    147

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  continued

13. Intangible assets – Group

Cost

At 1 October 2019

At 30 September 2020

Amortisation

At 1 October 2019

Charge for the year

At 30 September 2020

Net Book Value

At 30 September 2019

At 30 September 2020

Cost

At 1 October 2018

At 30 September 2019

Amortisation

At 1 October 2018

Charge for the year

At 30 September 2019

Net Book Value

At 30 September 2018

At 30 September 2019

Software and 
IP rights

£’000

12,505

12,505

12,505

-

12,505

-

-

£’000

12,505

12,505

12,490

15

12,505

Goodwill

£’000

12,951

12,951

-

-

-

12,951

12,951

£’000

12,951

12,951

-

-

-

Total

£’000

25,456

25,456

12,505

-

12,505

12,951

12,951

£’000

25,456

25,456

12,490

15

12,505

15

-

12,951

12,951

12,966

12,951

Amortisation of the software and IP rights is recognised within administrative expenses in the statement of profit or 
loss and comprehensive income. 

148    INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020

Goodwill impairment assessment

In accordance with IFRS, the goodwill is not amortised, but is assessed for impairment on an annual basis. 
The recoverable amount is determined based on value in use calculations. The use of this method requires 
the estimation of future cash flows and the determination of a discount rate in order to calculate the present 
value of the cash flows.

The goodwill relates to the acquisition of IAD Pty in July 2016.

The carrying amount of goodwill is allocated to the two cash generating units (“CGUs”) that are benefitting from the 
acquisition as follows:

Investment administration services
Insurance and life assurance business
Total

Other assumptions are as follows:

Discount rate
Period on which detailed forecasts are based
Long term growth rate

2020
£’000
7,256
5,695
12,951

2020
8.8%
5 years
1.0%

2019
£’000
7,313
5,638
12,951

2019
4.6%
5 years
-

The recoverable amounts of the above CGUs have been determined from value in use calculations based on cash flow 
projections from formally approved budgets covering a five year period to 30 September 2025. Post the five year 
business plan, the growth rate used to determine the terminal value of the cash generating units was based on a long 
term growth rate of 1.0%.

Based on management’s experience, the key assumptions on which management has calculated its projections are 
net inflows, market growth and expense inflation. 

The annual impairment test showed that there was significant headroom in the recoverable amount over the carrying 
value of the CGUs. There is therefore no indication of impairment.

A sensitivity analysis has been performed, which showed that there were no reasonable foreseeable changes in the 
assumptions which would result in the recoverable amount falling below the carrying amount.

INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020    149

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  continued

14. Property, plant and equipment – Group

Cost

At 1 October 2019

Additions

Disposals

Foreign exchange

At 30 September 2020

Depreciation

At 1 October 2019

Charge in the year

Disposals

Foreign exchange

Leasehold 
improvements

Equipment

Fixtures and 
Fittings

£’000

1,728

-

-

4

£’000

2,607

852

(152)

7

£’000

186

-

-

-

1,732

3,314

186

1,008

148

-

1

1,020

758

(149)

5

127

18

-

-

At 30 September 2020

1,157

1,634

145

Net Book Value

At 30 September 2019

At 30 September 2020

720

575

1,587

1,680

59

41

Motor 
Vehicles

£’000

111

-

(9)

1

103

72

22

(9)

1

86

39

17

Total

£’000

4,632

852

(161)

12

5,335

2,227

946

(158)

7

3,022

2,405

2,313

Cost

£’000

£’000

£’000

£’000

£’000

At 1 October 2018

Additions

Disposals

Foreign exchange

At 30 September 2019

Depreciation

At 1 October 2018

Charge in the year

Disposals

Foreign exchange

At 30 September 2019

Net Book Value

At 30 September 2018

At 30 September 2019

1,731

-

-

(3)

1,728

842

167

-

(1)

1,008

2,461

1,228

(1,077)

(5)

2,607

1,705

395

(1,077)

(3)

1,020

889

720

756

1,587

208

-

(22)

-

186

130

19

(22)

-

127

78

59

120

38

(46)

(1)

111

30

73

4,520

1,266

(1,145)

(9)

4,632

2,707

654

(31)

(1,130)

-

72

93

39

(4)

2,227

1,813

2,405

The Company holds no property, plant and equipment.

150    INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020

 
 
 
 
15. Right of use assets – Property – Group

At 1 October 2019

Capital contributions in the year

At 30 September 2020

Net Book Value

At 30 September 2019

At 30 September 2020

At 1 October 2018

Capital contributions in the year

At 30 September 2019

Net Book Value

At 30 September 2018

At 30 September 2019

Cost

Additions on adoption of IFRS 16 – 1 October 2019

Australian dollar foreign exchange adjustment

At 30 September 2020

Depreciation

Charge in the year

Foreign exchange adjustment

At 30 September 2020

Net Book Value

At 30 September 2019

At 30 September 2020

Depreciation is calculated on a straight line basis over the term of the lease.

Total

£’000

15,800

1,032

16,832

15,800

16,832

Total

£’000

14,563

1,237

15,800

14,563

15,800

£’000

5,581

5

5,586

1,615

10

1,625

-

3,961

INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020    151

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  continued

16. Investment in subsidiaries

Company

Name of Company

Holding

% Held

Incorporation 
and significant 
place of business Business

Direct holdings

Integrated Financial Arrangements Ltd

Ordinary Shares

100% 

United Kingdom

IntegraFin Services Limited

Ordinary Shares

100%

United Kingdom

Transact IP Limited

Ordinary Shares

100%

United Kingdom

Integrated Application Development Pty Ltd Ordinary Shares

100%

Australia

Investment 
Administration

Services 
Company

Software 
provision & 
development

Software 
maintenance

Objective Asset Management Limited

Ordinary Shares

100%

United Kingdom

Dormant

Indirect holdings

IntegraFin Limited

Ordinary Shares

100%

United Kingdom

Non-trading

Transact Nominees Limited

Ordinary Shares

100%

United Kingdom

Non-trading

IntegraLife UK Limited

Ordinary Shares

100%

United Kingdom

Life Insurance

IntegraLife International Limited

Ordinary Shares

100%

Isle of Man

Life Assurance

ObjectMastery (UK) Limited

Ordinary Shares

100%

United Kingdom

Consultancy

Objective Funds Limited

Ordinary Shares

100%

United Kingdom

Dormant

Objective Wealth Management Limited

Ordinary Shares

100%

United Kingdom

Dormant

IntegraFin (Australia) Pty Limited

Ordinary Shares

100%

Australia

Non-trading

Transact Trustees Limited

Ordinary Shares

100%

United Kingdom

Non-trading

The Group has 100% voting rights on shares held in each of the subsidiary undertakings.

All the UK subsidiaries have their registered office address at 29 Clement’s Lane, London, EC4N 7AE. ILInt’s registered 
office address is at 18-20 North Quay, Douglas, Isle of Man, IM1 4LE. IntegraFin (Australia) Pty’s registered office 
address is at Level 4, 854 Glenferrie Road, Hawthorn, Victoria, Australia 3122. Integrated Application Development 
Pty Ltd’s registered office address is 19-25 Camberwell Road, Melbourne, Australia.

The above subsidiaries have all been included in the consolidated financial statements. The results of ILInt and ILUK 
are included as described in the basis of consolidation accounting policy in note 1.

Integrated Financial Arrangements Ltd is authorised and regulated by the Financial Conduct Authority. The principal 
activity of the Company and its subsidiaries is the provision of ‘Transact’, a wrap service that arranges and executes 
transactions between clients, their financial advisers and financial product providers including investment managers 
and stockbrokers.

IntegraFin Services Limited (ISL), is the Group services company. All intra-group service contracts are held by this 
services company. 

Integrated Application Development Pty Ltd (IAD Pty) provides software maintenance services to the Group.

IntegraFin Limited is the trustee of the IntegraSIP Share Incentive Plan, which was set up to allocate Class C Shares 
in the capital of the Company to staff. IntegraFin Limited undertakes no other activities.

152    INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020

Transact Nominees Limited holds customer assets as a nominee company on behalf of  
Integrated Financial Arrangements Ltd.

IntegraFin (Australia) Pty Limited is currently non-trading.

Transact IP Limited licenses its proprietary software to other members of the IntegraFin Group.

IntegraLife UK Limited is authorised by the Prudential Regulation Authority and regulated by the  
Financial Conduct Authority and the Prudential Regulation Authority. Its principal activity is the transaction  
of ordinary long term insurance business within the United Kingdom.

IntegraLife International Limited is authorised and regulated by the Isle of Man Financial Services Authority  
and its principal activity is the transaction of ordinary long term insurance business within the United Kingdom 
through the Transact Offshore Bond.

17. Deferred acquisition costs

Opening balance

Capitalisation of deferred acquisition costs

Amortisation of deferred acquisition costs

Change in deferred acquisition costs

Closing balance

18. Loans

2020
£’000

50,443

10,615

(7,576)

3,039

53,482

2019
£’000

46,073

11,668

(7,298)

4,370

50,443

This note analyses the loans and advances the Company has made. The carrying amounts of loans and advances are 
as follows:

Loans to third parties 

Interest receivable on loans

Total gross loans

Credit loss allowance

Total net loans

2020
£’000

2,716

16

2,732

(85)

2,647

2019
£’000

1,203

9

1,209

(24)

1,185

The loans are measured at amortised cost with the credit loss allowance charged straight to the profit or loss account. 
The total movement in the credit loss allowance can be seen in Note 23.

INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020    153

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  continued

19. Investments held for the benefit of policyholders

ILInt

2020
Cost
£’000

2020
Fair value
£’000

2019
Cost
£’000

2019
Fair value
£’000

Investments held for the benefit of policyholders

1,346,990

1,534,080

1,218,143

1,440,852

1,346,990

1,534,080

1,218,143

1,440,852

ILUK

Investments held for the benefit of policyholders

13,482,294

15,193,128

11,994,153

14,013,917

13,482,294

15,193,128

11,994,153

14,013,917

Total

16,727,208

15,454,769

All amounts are current as customers are able to make same-day withdrawal of available funds and transfers to 
third-party providers are generally performed within a month. 

These assets are held to cover the liabilities for unit linked investment contracts. All contracts with customers are 
deemed to be investment contracts and, accordingly, assets are 100% matched to corresponding liabilities.

20. Liabilities for linked investment contracts

ILInt

Unit linked liabilities

ILUK

Unit linked liabilities

Total

Analysis of change in liabilities for linked investment contracts

Opening balance

Investment inflows

Investment outflows

Compensation

Changes in fair value of underlying assets

Investment income

Other fees and charges – Transact

Other fees and charges – third parties

Closing balance

154    INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020

2020
Fair value
£’000

2019
Fair value
£’000

1,636,781

1,541,917

1,636,781

1,541,917

16,476,154

15,123,131

16,476,154

15,123,131

18,112,935

16,665,048

2020
£’000

2019
£’000

16,665,048

14,489,933

2,415,445

2,515,577

(834,454)

(850,772)

47

(72,990)

127,734

(50,360)

679

545,902

134,236

(44,888)

(137,535)

(125,619)

18,112,935

16,665,048

The benefits offered under the unit-linked investment contracts are based on the risk appetite of policyholders and the 
return on their selected collective fund investments, whose underlying investments include equities, debt securities, 
property and derivatives. This investment mix is unique to individual policyholders. When the diversified portfolio of 
all policyholder investments is considered, there is a clear correlation with the FTSE 100 index and other major world 
indices, providing a meaningful comparison with the return on the investments.

The maturity value of these financial liabilities is determined by the fair value of the linked assets at maturity date. 
There will be no difference between the carrying amount and the maturity amount at maturity date.

21. Cash and cash equivalents

Bank balances – Instant access

Bank balances – Notice accounts

Cash and cash equivalents held for the benefit of the policyholders –  
instant access – ILUK 

Cash and cash equivalents held for the benefit of the policyholders –  
term deposits – ILUK

Cash and cash equivalents held for the benefit of the policyholders –  
instant access – ILINT

Cash and cash equivalents held for the benefit of the policyholders –  
term deposits – ILINT

Total

2020
£’000

148,617

5,500

2019
£’000

132,340

-

1,231,043

1,048,129

51,982

61,085

100,716

98,083

1,985

2,982

1,539,843

1,342,619

Bank balances held in instant access accounts are current and available for use by the Group. 

All of the bank balances held in notice accounts require less than 35 days’ notice before they are available for use by 
the Group.

The cash and cash equivalents held for the benefit of the policyholders are held to cover the liabilities for unit linked 
investment contracts. These amounts are 100% matched to corresponding liabilities.

22. Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

Listed shares and securities

Gilts

Investments are all UK and sterling based and held at fair value.

Group
2020
£’000

92

4,959

5,051

Group
2019
£’000

69

4,997

5,066

INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020    155

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  continued

23. Other prepayments and accrued income

Accrued income

Less: credit loss allowance

Accrued income - net

Prepayments

Group
2020
£’000

10,956

(712)

10,244

4,168

14,412

Company
2020
£’000

-

-

-

56

56

Group
2019
£’000

10,390

(622)

9,768

3,314

13,082

Movement in the credit loss allowance (for accrued income and loans receivable) is as follows:

Opening credit loss allowance

Reduction in credit loss allowance

(Increase)/decrease during the year

Balance at 30 September

24. Trade and other receivables

Amounts owed by Group undertakings

Amounts due to HMRC

Amount due from policyholders 
to meet current tax liability

Other receivables

2020
£’000

(646)

-

(176)

(822)

Group
2020

£’000

-

2,227

-

1,329

3,556

Company
2020

£’000

342

-

-

-

342

Group
2019 
(restated)
£’000

-

1,384

3,098

2,707

7,189

Amount due from HMRC is in respect of tax claimed on behalf of policyholders for tax deducted at source.

25. Trade and other payables

Trade payables

PAYE and other taxation

Due to Group undertakings

Other payables

Accruals and deferred income

Group
2020
£’000

1,716

1,420

-

7,436

7,794

18,366

Company
2020
£’000

7

67

56

49

312

491

Group
2019
£’000

498

1,343

-

8,242

6,941

17,024

Company
2019
£’000

-

-

-

30

30

2019
£’000

(796)

170

(20)

(646)

Company
2019 

£’000

86

-

-

-

86

Company 
2019 
£’000

-

70

9

49

390

518

Other payables mainly comprises £6.2m (2019: £5.1m) in relation to bonds awaiting approval and the rent free 
reserve of £2.5m in 2019.

156    INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020

 
 
26. Lease liabilities

Lease liabilities – Property:

Lease liabilities on adoption of IFRS 16 – 1 October 2019

Lease payments

Interest expense 

Foreign exchange adjustment

Balance at 30 September 2020

Amounts falling due within one year

Amounts falling due after one year

£’000

8,336

(2,477)

233

(5)

6,087

2,375

3,712

The above table provides a reconciliation of the financial liabilities arising from financing activities.

The total future minimum lease payments of operating leases are due as follows:

Group

Within 1 year

Within 2-5 years

Over 5 years

Land and 
Buildings
2020
£’000

Land and 
Buildings
2019
£’000

-

-

-

2,511

6,257

-

The introduction of IFRS 16 has meant that for financial year to 30 September 2020, the land and building lease 
commitments (which related to the leasehold premises at 29 Clement’s Lane, ILInt leasehold premises at 18/20 
North Quay on the Isle of Man, and the IAD Pty leasehold premises at 19-25 Camberwell Road, Melbourne, Australia) 
are not classified as operating leases, but rather finance leases which have been recognised on the balance sheet.

Short term, low value leases include a car park at the ILInt leasehold premises (£4,000) and a franking machine at 
the ISL premises (£3,000). These lease payments have been charged to the profit or loss account on a straight line 
basis over the lease terms.  

27. Deferred income liability

Opening balance

Capitalisation of deferred income

Amortisation of deferred income

Change in deferred acquisition costs

Closing balance

2020
£’000

50,443

10,615

(7,576)

3,038

53,482

2019
£’000

46,073

11,668

(7,298)

4,370

50,443

INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020    157

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  continued

28. Deferred tax

Deferred tax is calculated in full on temporary differences under the liability method using a tax rate of 19% (2019: 17%). 

Deferred Tax Asset

At 1 October 2018

Charge to income

At 30 September 2019

Adjustment in 
respect of prior year

Adjustment to 
opening balances

Excess tax relief 
charged to equity

Charge to income

At 30 September 2020

Deferred Tax Liability

At 1 October 2018

Charge to income

At 30 September 2019

Charge to income

At 30 September 2020

Accelerated 
capital 
allowances
£’000

Share  
based  
payments
£’000

Policyholder 
tax
£’000

Other 
deductible 
temporary 
differences
£’000

44

(44)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

110

110

108

-

60

124

402

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

47

47

18

32

-

(10)

87

Accelerated 
capital 
allowances
£’000

Share  
based  
payments
£’000

Policyholder 
tax
£’000

Other 
deductible 
temporary 
differences
£’000

-

60

60

61

121

-

-

-

-

-

13,187

1

13,188

(4,341)

8,847

-

-

-

-

-

Total
£’000

44

113

157

127

32

60

113

489

Total
£’000

13,187

61

13,248

(4,280)

8,968

The Company has no deferred tax assets or liabilities.

29. Client monies and client assets

2020

Client monies

Client assets

2019

Client monies

Client assets

£’000

3,106,978

Amounts due to clients

37,985,921

Corresponding liability

£’000

2,626,624

Amounts due to clients

35,172,798

Corresponding liability

£’000

3,106,978

37,985,921

£’000

2,626,624

 35,172,798

The above client monies are held separately (off balance sheet) in client bank and the above client assets are held on 
behalf of Integrated Financial Arrangements Ltd by Transact Nominees Limited.

158    INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020

30. Provisions

Balance brought forward

Increase in dilapidations provision

Increase in ILInt non-linked unit provision

Increase/(decrease) in ILUK tax provision

Release of rent provision

Other provisions

Balance carried forward

Dilapidations provisions

ILInt non-linked unit provision

ILUK tax provision

Group 2020 

£’000

18,230

52

2

6,924

-

-

Group 2019 
(restated)
£’000

13,756

38

3

4,632

(102)

(97)

25,208

18,230

464

41

24,703

25,208

413

39

17,778

18,230

The dilapidation provisions relate to the current leasehold premises at 29 Clement’s Lane, and the current ILInt 
leasehold premises at 18/20 North Quay, on the Isle of Man. The Group is committed to restoring the premises to 
their original state at the end of the lease term. Whilst it is probable that payments will be required for dilapidations, 
uncertainty exists with regard to the amount and timing of these payments, and the amounts provided represent 
management’s best estimate of the Group’s liability. 

ILUK tax provision comprises claims received from HMRC that are yet to be returned to policyholders, charges taken 
from unit-linked funds and claims received from HMRC to meet current and future policyholder tax obligations.  
These are expected to be paid to policyholders over the course of the next seven years.

31.  Capital redemption reserve – Group

Balance brought forward

Balance carried forward

2020
£’000

2

2

2019
£’000

2

2

On 12 December 2013 IFAL was granted authority by shareholders to repurchase £4,500,000 worth of ordinary 
shares from shareholders. IFAL purchased 45,917 shares, and they were then cancelled, giving rise to a capital 
redemption reserve of £2,271.

32. Share-based payments

Share-based payment reserve

Balance brought forward

Movement in the year 

Transfer to profit and loss reserve

Balance carried forward

Group 2020
£’000

Company 2020
£’000

Group 2019
£’000

Company 2019 
£’000

1,008

723

(33)

1,698

880

190

-

530

531

(53)

1,070

1,008

350

530

-

880

The reduction in reserves of £33k (2019: £53k) is due to former members of staff leaving the SIP 2005 scheme. 

INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020    159

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  continued

Share schemes

(i)  SIP 2005

IFAL implemented a SIP trust scheme for its staff in October 2005. The SIP is an approved scheme under Schedule 2 
of the Income Tax (Earnings & Pensions) Act 2003.

This scheme entitled all the staff who were employed in October 2005 to Class C shares in IFAL, subject to their 
remaining in employment with the company until certain future dates.

The Trustee for this scheme is IntegraFin Limited, a wholly owned non-trading subsidiary of IFAL.

Shares issued under the SIP may not be sold until the earlier of three years after issue or cessation of employment by 
the Group. If the shares are held for five years they may be sold free of income tax or capital gains tax. There are no 
other vesting conditions.

The cost to the Group in the financial year to 30 September 2020 was £nil (2019: £nil). There have been no new 
share options granted.

(ii)  SIP 2018

The Company implemented an annual SIP awards scheme in January 2019. This is an approved scheme under 
Schedule 2 of the Income Tax (Earnings & Pensions) Act 2003, and entitles all eligible employees to ordinary shares 
in the Company. The shares are held in a UK Trust.

The scheme includes the following awards:

Free Shares

The Company may give Free Shares up to a maximum value, calculated at the date of the award of such Free Shares, 
of £3,600 per employee in a tax year.

The share awards are made by the Company each year, dependent on 12 months continuous service at 30 September. 
The cost to the Group in the financial year to 30 September 2020 was £649k (2019: £641k).

Partnership and Matching Shares

The Company provides employees with the opportunity to enter into an agreement with the Company to enable such 
employees to use part of their pre-tax salary to acquire Partnership Shares. If employees acquire Partnership Shares, 
the Board grants relevant Matching Shares at a ratio of 2:1. 

The cost to the Group in the financial year to 30 September 2020 was £555k (2019: £427k).

(iii) Performance Share Plan

The Company implemented an annual PSP scheme in December 2018. Awards granted under the PSP take 
the form of options to acquire Ordinary Shares for nil consideration. These are awarded to Executive Directors, 
Senior Managers and other employees of any Group company, as determined by the Remuneration Committee.

The exercise of the PSP awards is conditional upon the achievement of a performance condition set at the time 
of grant and measured over a three year performance period. 

The cost to the Group in the financial year to 30 September 2020 was £423k (2019: £194k). This is based on the fair 
value of the share options at grant date, rather than on the purchase cost of shares held in the Employee Benefit 
Trust reserve, in line with IFRS 2 Share-based Payment.

160    INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020

Details of the share awards outstanding are as follows:

SIP 2018

Shares in the plan at start of the year

Granted

Shares withdrawn from the plan

Shares in the plan at end of year

Available to withdraw from the plan at end of year 

2020
Shares
(number)

251,541

275,249

(53,107)

473,683

83,569

2019
Shares
(number)

-

264,661

(13,120)

251,541

61,446

Details of the movements in the share scheme during the year are as follows:

SIP 2005

Outstanding at start of the year

Shares withdrawn from the plan

Shares in the plan at end of year

Available to withdraw from the plan  
at end of year

2020
Weighted 
average 
exercise price
(pence)

0.00

0.00

0.00

2019
Weighted 
average 
exercise price
(pence)

0.00

0.00

0.00

2020
Shares  
(number)

1,630,190

(428,967)

1,201,223

2019 
Shares  
(number)

2,307,274

(677,084)

1,630,190

0.00

1,201,223

0.00

1,630,190

The weighted average share price at the date of withdrawal for shares withdrawn from the plan during the year was 
487.76p (2019: 342.39p).

At 30 September 2020 the exercise price was £nil as they were all nil cost options.

PSP

Outstanding at start of the year

Granted

Forfeited

Outstanding at end of year

Exercisable at end of year

2020
Weighted 
average 
exercise price
(pence)

2020
Share  
options
(number)

2019
Weighted 
average 
exercise price
(pence)

0.00

0.00

0.00

0.00

0.00

269,511

165,132

-

434,643

-

0.00

0.00

0.00

0.00

0.00

2019 
Share  
options 
(number)

-

275,481

(5,970)

269,511

-

The fair value of options granted during the year has been estimated using the Black-Scholes model. The principal 
assumptions used in the calculation were as follows:

PSP

Share price at date of grant

Exercise price

Expected life

Risk free rate

Dividend yield

Weighted average fair value per option

2020

454.5

Nil

3 years

0.52%

1.7%

431.7 p

2019

276.5

Nil

3 years

0.73%

1.4%

265.1 p

INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020    161

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  continued

33. Employee Benefit Trust reserve

Group:

Balance brought forward

Purchase of own shares

Balance carried forward

Company:

Balance brought forward

Purchase of own shares

Balance carried forward

2020
£’000

(275)

(828)

(1,103)

2020
£’000

(275)

(594)

(869)

2019
£’000

-

(275)

(275)

2019
£’000

-

(275)

(275)

The Employee Benefit Trust (“EBT”) was settled by the Company pursuant to a trust deed entered into between the 
Company and Intertrust Employee Benefit Trustee Limited (“Trustee”). The Company has the power to remove the Trustee 
and appoint a new trustee. The EBT is a discretionary settlement and is used to satisfy awards made under the PSP.

The Trustee purchases existing Ordinary Shares in the market, and the amount held in the EBT reserve represents 
the purchase cost of IHP shares held to satisfy options awarded under the PSP scheme. IHP is considered to be the 
sponsoring entity of the EBT, and the assets and liabilities of the EBT are therefore recognised as those of IHP. 
Shares held in the trust are treated as treasury shares and shown as a deduction from equity.

34. Other reserves – Group

Foreign exchange reserves

Non-distributable reserves

Non-distributable insurance reserves

2020
£’000

(22)

5,722

501

2019
£’000

(44)

5,722

501

Foreign exchange reserves are gains/losses arising on retranslating the net assets of IAD Pty into sterling.

Non-distributable reserves relate to share premium held by one of the Company’s subsidiaries, IFAL, which is 
classified within other reserves on a Group level.

Non-distributable insurance reserves arose due to the transition from UK GAAP to IFRS in financial year 2015, 
whereupon actuarial reserving required under the old standards became impermissible under new standards.

162    INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020

35. Related parties

During the year the Company did not render nor receive any services with related parties within the Group, and at the 
year end the Company had the following intra-Group receivables:

Company

Integrated Financial Arrangements Ltd

IntegraFin Services Limited

IntegraFin Limited 

IntegraLife UK Limited

Integrated Application Development Pty Limited

Amounts owed by/(to) 
related parties

2020
£’000

2019
£’000

8

277

(9)

4

6

11

70

(9)

4

1

The Group has not recognised any expected credit losses in respect of related party receivables, nor has it been given 
or received any guarantee during 2020 or 2019 regarding related party transactions.

Payments to key management personnel, defined as members of the Board, are shown in the Remuneration Report. 
Directors of the Company received a total of £4.3m in dividends during the year. The number of IHP shares held at 
the end of the year by key management personnel was 51,256,896, a decrease of 14,477,377 from last year.

All of the above transactions are commercial transactions undertaken in the normal course of business.

36. Contingent liabilities

In January 2020 the Group received notice from HMRC that the inclusion of Integrated Application Development Pty 
Ltd (IAD) in the UK VAT group was terminated with effect from 16 July 2016. The Group included IAD in the UK VAT 
group having taken specialist advice to ensure its actions were in accordance with the relevant laws. The consequence 
of the exclusion of IAD from the UK VAT group is that the services provided from Australia would now be subject to 
reverse-charge VAT.

The Group has challenged this notification and opened a discussion with HMRC about its intention to exclude IAD from 
the UK VAT group, therefore the financial implications of this notice, including the timing of any potential payment, 
remain uncertain, pending the outcome of the reconsideration of the exclusion.

HMRC’s notice states that the VAT due since July 2016 until October 2019 will be approximately £4.3m and that going 
forward there would be an additional annual VAT charge of approximately £1.4m. The Group does not yet know 
whether HMRC will charge interest and/or a penalty if the appeal to the notification is unsuccessful.

Due to the ongoing uncertainty around the additional VAT charges, pending the outcome of the dialogue with HMRC, 
the Directors do not believe it would be appropriate to recognise a provision in these financial statements. Payment of 
the additional VAT charges is considered to be less than probable and this is supported by both the original VAT advice 
received from specialists when the VAT group was created, and subsequent specialist advice following HMRC’s 
challenge in January 2020.

37. Events after the reporting date

As per the Chair’s statement on page 4, a second interim dividend of 5.6 pence per share was declared on 
16 December 2020.

38. Dividends

During the year to 30 September 2020 the Company paid interim dividends of £26.2m (2019: £29.8m) to 
shareholders. The Company received dividends from subsidiaries of £32.3m (2019:£30.1m).

INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020    163

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  continued

39. Restatement of prior years

Profit after tax for financial year 2019 has been restated to £41.1 million, an increase from £40.1 million, and an 
adjustment to 2019 opening retained earnings has been made of £5.4m.

The restatement of profit after tax across prior years is due to the identification of an error in the calculation of the 
policyholder tax provision (over) in the subsidiary, ILUK, which is one of the elements of the Group’s insurance and 
life assurance segment. The error was due to corporate expenses being deducted in the policyholder tax calculation 
resulting in an overprovision of tax reserves due back to policyholders. As a result, there has been a release of the 
policyholder tax provision to the retained earnings as at 1 October 2018 and to the statement of profit or loss and 
other comprehensive income in 2019.

The above change has been reflected by restating each of the affected financial statement line items for the periods 
as follows:

a)  Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income (extract)

Other income included within administration expenses 

Operating profit attributable to shareholder returns

Profit on ordinary activities before taxation

Profit before shareholder taxation

Policyholder tax

Shareholder tax

Profit after policyholder and shareholder tax

Earnings per share – basic and diluted

b)  Statement of Financial Position (extract)

Trade and other receivables

Total current assets

Provisions

Current tax liability

Total liabilities

Net assets

Retained earnings

Total equity attributable to equity holders

2019 
£’000

(49,726)

48,613

56,073

48,958

(7,115)

(8,811)

40,147

12.1

Increase 
to profit
£’000

953

953

953

953

146

(139)

960

0.3p

2019 
(restated)
£’000

(48,773)

49,566

57,026

49,911

(6,969)

(8,950)

41,107

12.4p

2019 
£’000

6,510

16,822,046

24,564

3,342

Increase/ 
(decrease) 
£’000

679

679

(6,334)

645

2019 
(restated)
£’000

7,189

16,822,725

18,230

3,987

16,773,669

(5,690)

16,767,979

115,518

105,291

115,518

6,369

6,369

6,369

121,887

111,660

121,887

164    INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020

c)  Statement of Financial Position (extract)

Trade and other receivables

Total current assets

Provisions

Current tax liability

Total liabilities

Net assets

Retained earnings

Total equity attributable to equity holders

40. Restatement of presentation

1 October 
2018 
£’000

Increase/ 
(decrease) 
£’000

4,058

14,628,530

19,137

3,195

533

533

(5,381)

507

1 October 
2018 
(restated)
£’000

4,591

14,629,063

13,756

3,702

14,585,672

(4,874)

14,580,798

104,943

94,899

104,943

5,407

5,407

5,407

110,350

100,306

110,350

In addition to the restatement explained above, certain comparatives have been reclassified due to an error in 
presentation in prior years. 

This has the effect of reflecting items of income, expenses, gains and losses relating to the Group’s insurance and life 
assurance segment on a gross basis, rather than on a net basis. 

In addition, cash held by the Group’s insurance and life assurance segment, for the benefit of policyholders has been 
separately disclosed in cash and cash equivalents. 

These changes have no effect on net assets or overall profit.

Details of these changes are shown below.

a)  Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income (extract)

Investment returns

Fee and commission expenses

Change in investment contract liabilities

b)  Statement of Financial Position (extract)

Cash and cash equivalents

2019 
£’000

37

-

-

Increase 
to profit 
£’000

680,385

(125,618)

(554,767)

2019 
(restated)
£’000

680,422

(125,618)

(554,767)

2019 
£’000

Increase/ 
(decrease) 
£’000

2019 
(restated)
£’000

132,340

1,210,279

1,342,619

Investments held for the benefit of policyholders

16,665,048

(1,210,279)

15,454,769

INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020    165

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  continued

c)  Statement of Financial Position (extract)

1 October 
2018 
£’000

Increase/ 
(decrease) 
£’000

1 October 
2018 
(restated)
£’000

Cash and cash equivalents

116,849

1,113,452

1,230,301

Investments held for the benefit of policyholders

14,489,933

(1,113,452)

13,376,481

d)  Statement of Cash Flows (extract)

2019 
£’000

Increase/ 
(decrease) 
£’000

2019 
(restated)
£’000

Cash flows from operating activities

(Increase) in investments held for the benefit of policyholders

Increase in liabilities for linked investment contracts

-

-

(2,078,288)

(2,078,288)

2,175,115

2,175,115

Increase in cash

15,511

96,827

112,338

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year

116,849

1,113,452

1,230,301

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year

132,340

1,210,279

1,342,619

166    INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020

OTHER INFORMATION

DIRECTORS, COMPANY DETAILS, ADVISERS

Executive Directors

Corporate Advisers

Ian Taylor

Michael Howard

Alexander Scott

Jonathan Gunby (appointed 2nd March 2020)

Non-Executive Directors

Richard Cranfield

Christopher Munro 

Neil Holden

Caroline Banszky 

Victoria Cochrane

Robert Lister 

Company Secretary

Helen Wakeford

Independent Auditors

BDO LLP 
55 Baker Street 
London 
W1U 7EU

Solicitors

Eversheds Sutherland (International) LLP 
One Wood Street 
London 
EC2V 7WS

Peel Hunt LLP 
Moor House 
120 London Wall 
London 
EC2Y 5ET

Principal Bankers

NatWest Bank Plc 
135 Bishopsgate 
London 
EC2M 3UR

Registrars

Equiniti Group plc 
Sutherland House 
Russell Way 
Crawley 
RH10 1UH

Registered Office

29 Clement’s Lane 
London 
EC4N 7AE

Investor Relations

Jane Isaac  
020 7608 4900

Website

www.integrafin.co.uk 

Company number

08860879

INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020    167

OTHER INFORMATION

GLOSSARY OF TERMS

AGM  Annual General Meeting

  Net inflow  Net new business onto the platform

CASS  Client Assets Sourcebook

OEIC  Open Ended Investment Company

CEO  Chief Executive Officer

ORSA  Own Risk and Solvency Assessment

CFO  Chief Financial Officer

Outflow  Business leaving the platform

COO  Chief Operating Officer

SCR  Solvency Capital Requirement 

TCF  Treating Customers Fairly

 The Company  IntegraFin Holdings plc 

The Group 

 IntegraFin Holdings plc and 
its subsidiaries

VCT  Venture Capital Trust

COREP 

 Common Reporting, as required by the 
Capital Requirements Directive IV

COSO 

 Committee of Sponsoring Organisation 
of the Treadway Commission

ETF  Exchange-traded Fund

FCA  Financial Conduct Authority

FRC  Financial Reporting Council

FUD  Funds Under Direction

GDPR  General Data Protection Regulation

GIA  General Investment Account

HMRC  Her Majesty’s Revenue and Customs

IAD 

 Integrated Application Development 
Pty Ltd

ICA  Individual Capital Assessment 

ICAAP 

 Internal Capital Adequacy 
Assessment Process

IFAL  Integrated Financial Arrangements Ltd

IFRS 

 International Financial 
Reporting Standards

ILInt  IntegraLife International Limited

ILUK  IntegraLife UK Limited

  Gross inflow   Gross new business onto the platform

IntegraFin  IntegraFin Holdings Limited

IP  Intellectual Property

ISA  Individual Savings Account

ISAs (UK)  International Standards on Auditing (UK)

IT  Investment Trust

MiFID II 

 Second Markets in Financial 
Instruments Directive

NED  Non-Executive Director

168    INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ALTERNATIVE PERFORMANCE MEASURES

Various alternative performance measures are referred 
to in the Annual Report, which are not defined by IFRS. 
They are used in order to provide better insight into 
the performance of the Group. Further details are 
provided below.

FUD – represents the total market value of all cash and 
investments on the platform. The value of FUD is the 
primary driver of revenue as it forms the basis of annual 
commission payable which is the largest component of 
Group revenue.

Net inflows – represent the net new business onto the 
platform, which is the gross new business onto the platform 
less the business leaving platform. Net inflows are a key 
driver of FUD, and therefore revenue.

Investment in the business – represents the total 
amount spent on platform development in the year. This is 
a combination of staff costs and training, as well as capital 
and operating expenditure on software and equipment.

Operating Margin – represents operating profit divided  
by revenue. Operating margin is a measurement of the 
efficiency of the Group’s business model in converting 
revenue into profits. 

Shareholder returns – represent the total dividend  
per share relating to a financial year. There are generally  
two dividend payments relating to each financial year,  
so shareholder returns represent the total dividend per 
share of the two dividends. 

INTEGRAFIN ANNUAL REPORT YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020    169

M137 September 2020

IntegraFin Holdings plc,  
29 Clement’s Lane, London, EC4N 7AE 
Tel: (020) 7608 4900 Fax: (020) 7608 5300

(Registered office: as above; Registered in England and Wales under number: 08860879) 
The holding company of the Integrated Financial Arrangements Ltd group of companies.